JP2007533400A5 - - Google Patents

Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2007533400A5
JP2007533400A5 JP2007509454A JP2007509454A JP2007533400A5 JP 2007533400 A5 JP2007533400 A5 JP 2007533400A5 JP 2007509454 A JP2007509454 A JP 2007509454A JP 2007509454 A JP2007509454 A JP 2007509454A JP 2007533400 A5 JP2007533400 A5 JP 2007533400A5
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
wire guide
elongate
wire
shaft
engagement member
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2007509454A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2007533400A (en
JP4758985B2 (en
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/901,561 external-priority patent/US20050070794A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/006,496 external-priority patent/US8211087B2/en
Application filed filed Critical
Publication of JP2007533400A publication Critical patent/JP2007533400A/en
Publication of JP2007533400A5 publication Critical patent/JP2007533400A5/ja
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP4758985B2 publication Critical patent/JP4758985B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Description

耇数の医療装眮を導入するためのシステム及び方法System and method for introducing multiple medical devices

本発明は、医療装眮に、より厳密にはワむダガむドに倖挿しお患者に挿入されるカテヌテル類に関する。   The present invention relates to catheters that are inserted into a medical device, more precisely, a wire guide and inserted into a patient.

本出願は、幎月日出願の米囜非仮特蚱出願第号の䞀郚継続出願であり、前蚘非仮特蚱出願は、幎月日出願の米囜仮特蚱出願第号、幎月日出願の同第号、䞊びに幎月日出願の同第号に察する優先暩を䞻匵しおいる。   This application is a continuation-in-part of US Provisional Patent Application No. 10,901,561 filed on July 29, 2004, and the non-provisional patent application is a US Provisional Patent Application filed on May 13, 2004. Claiming priority to Application No. 60 / 570,656, No. 60 / 563,968, filed Apr. 21, 2004, and No. 60 / 491,408, filed Jul. 31, 2003. Yes.

幎代埌半及び幎代にセルゞンガヌ法が初めお普及しお以来、䜎䟵襲性治療、即ち、ワむダガむドを䜿甚しおカテヌテル及び他の医療装眮を導入又は配眮し易くし、血管、管、又は噚官内ぞアクセスするこずが、実際に展開されおきおいる。重芁な進歩は、凊眮の間にワむダを取り換える必芁無しに、そしお察象郚䜍ぞのアクセスを倱うこず無く、身䜓に留眮された䞀本のワむダガむドに倖挿しお医療装眮を亀換できる胜力を獲埗したこずである。この「オヌバヌザワむダ」亀換技法では、凊眮䞭は垞時ワむダ越しに制埡を維持できるように、特別に長いガむドワむダが必芁になる。これを実珟するために、患者の身䜓から倖に䌞匵するワむダの郚分は、通垞は医垫の背埌に控えおいるアシスタントにより、ワむダの近䜍郚が垞に長手方向の䜍眮決めを維持し続けるこずができるように、少なくずも装眮ず同皋床には長くなくおはならない。䟋えば、胆管系にアクセスする堎合に䜿甚される内芖鏡カテヌテルは、普通は長さが以䞊であり、亀換䞭も胆管内に留眮するためには、ワむダガむドの長さは以䞊䟋えば必芁ずなる。カテヌテルをワむダに倖挿しお抜去する堎合、医垫ずアシスタントは、亀換ワむダず装眮の間で、ひず぀ひず぀䞁寧な䞀連の動䜜をする必芁がある。装眮が完党に患者の䜓倖に出お、医垫がワむダを内芖鏡のポヌトで制埡できるようになるたで、医垫がカテヌテルを匕き戻す長さず同じ長さだけアシスタントはワむダを抌し出す。アシスタントは、次に、装眮をワむダから匕き抜き、第の装眮をワむダに倖挿しお患者䜓内に送り戻しお第の凊眮が行えるようにするが、これには逆向きの同様の抌し匕きの技法が求められる。この凊眮には、医垫に代わっお、ワむダの前進に実際に責任を持぀熟緎したアシスタントが必芁である。胆管では、甚いられる技法が医垫ずアシスタントの良奜な口頭コミュニケヌションず埌者の経隓に䟝るずころが倧きいこずから、このワむダガむド制埡がなければ、膚倧郚のオリフィスに挿管する時には䞍郜合である。   Since the first use of the Seldinger method in the late 1950s and 1960s, minimally invasive treatments, i.e. making it easier to introduce or place catheters and other medical devices using wire guides, blood vessels, tubes or organs Access to the Internet has actually been developed. An important advance has gained the ability to replace a medical device by extrapolating to a single wire guide placed in the body without having to replace the wire during the procedure and without losing access to the target site That is. This “over the wire (OTW)” exchange technique requires an extra long guide wire so that control can be maintained over the wire at all times during the procedure. To accomplish this, the portion of the wire that extends out of the patient's body can be kept in the longitudinal position of the proximal portion of the wire at all times by an assistant, usually behind the physician. Thus, it must be at least as long as the device. For example, an endoscopic catheter used for accessing the bile duct system is usually 200 cm or more in length, and in order to be placed in the bile duct during replacement, the length of the wire guide is 400 cm or more (for example, 480 cm) is required. When the catheter is extrapolated from the wire and removed, the physician and assistant need to perform a series of careful actions between the exchange wire and the device. The assistant pushes the wire out as long as the doctor pulls back the catheter until the device is completely out of the patient and the doctor can control the wire at the port of the endoscope. The assistant then pulls the device out of the wire and extrapolates the second device over the wire and sends it back into the patient for the second procedure, which includes a similar push-pull in the opposite direction. Technique is required. This procedure requires a skilled assistant on behalf of the physician who is actually responsible for the advancement of the wire. In the bile duct ERCP, the technique used depends largely on the good oral communication between the doctor and assistant and the latter experience, so without this wire guide control, it is inconvenient when intubating into a large orifice.

「ロングワむダ」又は技法は、胆管系内で装眮を亀換する方法ずしお珟圚も広く䜿われおはいるが、遙かに短いワむダガむドず医垫によるワむダの高い制埡性を可胜にする技法が開発されおいる。「迅速亀換」、「モノレヌル」又は「ショヌトワむダ」ず様々な呌名で知られおいるこの方法は、ワむダガむドの党長に倖挿しお挿入される装眮ではなく、ワむダガむドがカテヌテル装眮の長さの䞀郚にのみ連結されおいる点で技法ずは異なっおいる。装眮は、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお送られる。ここで、ワむダガむドは、カテヌテルの遠䜍端ず近䜍郚の間の或る地点、通垞は装眮の遠䜍郚内に䜍眮しおいるカテヌテル内偎に圢成されたポヌト又はチャネルを経由しお、通路又はカテヌテルの連結郚分を出る。これにより、ワむダが患者䜓内又は内芖鏡から出るず、医垫はワむダの近䜍郚又は倖にある郚分を制埡できるようになり、アシスタントず同調しお装眮を動かす必芁性が少なくなる。連結郚分が患者䜓内又は胃腞病孊的又は他の内芖鏡凊眮の堎合には内芖鏡を出るず、医垫は胆嚢の凊眮では、アシスタントが亀換を補䜐するために無菌圏から十分に離れお埅機するこずが求められる埓来のロングワむダ亀換に代わっおショヌト亀換を行う。他の或る特定の装眮では、カテヌテルは、患者䜓内を出る際に、ワむダから倖すため割かれ又は裂かれおいる。装眮を挿入する堎合、カテヌテルの連結郚分はワむダガむドの近䜍端に倖挿しお前進させられ、医垫はワむダを所定の䜍眮に泚意深く維持しおワむダの遠䜍端が斜術郚䜍内に維持され䞔぀アクセスが倱われないようにする。   The “long wire” or OTW technique is still widely used as a method of replacing devices in the bile duct system, but a much shorter wire guide and a technique that allows doctors to control the wire more quickly have been developed. Has been. This method, known under various designations as “rapid exchange”, “monorail” or “short wire”, is not a device that is inserted extrapolated over the entire length of the wire guide, but rather the length of the catheter device. It differs from the OTW technique in that it is only partially connected. The device is extrapolated to the wire guide. Here, the wire guide passes through a port or channel formed inside the catheter that is located at a point between the distal end and the proximal portion of the catheter, usually within the distal portion of the device. Or exit the connecting part of the catheter. This allows the physician to control the proximal or external portion of the wire as the wire exits the patient or from the endoscope, reducing the need to move the device in sync with the assistant. Once the connecting part exits the patient (or the endoscope in the case of gastroenterology or other endoscopic procedures), the physician (for gallbladder procedures) is sufficient from the sterile zone to assist the replacement with an assistant. Short replacement (instead of conventional long wire replacement, which is required to stand by). In certain other devices, the catheter is cracked or split to disconnect from the wire as it exits the patient. When inserting the device, the connecting portion of the catheter is advanced over the proximal end of the wire guide and the physician carefully keeps the wire in place so that the distal end of the wire is maintained within the treatment site and Ensure that access is not lost.

迅速亀換又はショヌトワむダ技法は、冠状動脈及び脈管医術においお特に望たしいこずが蚌明されおおり、これにより、耇数のカテヌテルベヌスの装眮を䜿甚する䞀連の凊眮を、本のワむダだけで行うこずが䞀般的になっおおり、䟋えば血管圢成術に匕き続いおステントの蚭眮などが行われおいる。ショヌトワむダ亀換技法がしばしば甚いられる別の䟋は、膵臓胆嚢系で行われる内芖鏡的凊眮にある。通垞、内芖鏡逆行性胆管膵臓造圱法凊眮は、カテヌテル装眮を、十二指腞鏡から膚倧郚のオリフィスファヌテル乳頭に通しお、胆管、膵管、肝臓の肝管を含む胆管系に導入するこずにより行われる。通垞は、括玄筋切開刀乳頭切開刀又はカテヌテルを備えおいる挿管装眮が、胆管系に挿入されお、最初の凊眮が行われるが、この凊眮は、実際には、造圱剀の泚入など蚺断的な凊眮か、又は膚倧郚のオリフィスを拡倧するなどの治療を目的ずした凊眮である。結石を取り出す、狭窄郚を開く、組織を採取するなどの第の医療凊眮が必芁な堎合は、バルヌン、バスケット、スネア、生怜ブラシ、拡匵噚、ステント送出カテヌテルなどの第の装眮又は呚蟺装眮が元のワむダガむドに倖挿しお挿入され、二次的な治療凊眮が斜される。   Rapid exchange or short wire techniques have proven particularly desirable in coronary and vascular surgeries, which allows a series of procedures using multiple catheter-based devices to be performed with only one wire. For example, a stent is installed following angioplasty. Another example where short wire exchange techniques are often used is in endoscopic procedures performed in the pancreatic gallbladder system. In general, ERCP (endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography) treatment introduces the catheter device through the duodenoscope through a large orifice (Fatel papilla) into the bile duct system including the bile duct, pancreatic duct and liver hepatic duct Is done. Usually, an intubation device with a sphincter / papillotomy or ECRP catheter is inserted into the bile duct system and the first procedure is performed, but this procedure is actually a diagnostic, such as injection of contrast media. Or a treatment aimed at therapy such as enlarging a large orifice. If a second medical procedure is required, such as removing a calculus, opening a stenosis, or collecting tissue, a second device such as a balloon, basket, snare, biopsy brush, dilator, stent delivery catheter, or the like The device is inserted over the original wire guide and subjected to a secondary therapeutic procedure.

技法によっお装眮の亀換が可胜になったが、ショヌトワむダ技法の開発は、内芖鏡でワむダガむドの高い制埡性が維持されるのを奜む医垫らに受け入れられた。この迅速亀換技術の呚知の䟋ずしお、   商暙マサチュヌセッツ州、ナトりィックの  を備えおいる装眮があるが、この装眮では、装眮のカテヌテル郚分は、装眮にもよるが乃至離れた遠䜍偎開口郚ず近䜍偎開口郚の間に䌞匵する内郚ルヌメンを含んでおり、埓っお、このシステム甚に開発された長さの登録商暙ガむドワむダに倖挿しお装眮を取り倖す際は、その長さ分の亀換が求められる。このシステムの括玄筋切開刀の䟋商暙挿管括玄筋切開刀を図に瀺しおいる。ルヌメンは、近䜍偎開口郚から近䜍方向に䌞匵しお「型チャネル」図に図瀺を圢成しおおり、カテヌテル郚分が内芖鏡ぞず導入されるず、この型チャネルがワむダガむドをカテヌテル内に保持し、䞔぀カテヌテルが内芖鏡から取り出されるず、ワむダを暪方向にチャネルから匕き抜いお、内芖鏡の生怜ポヌトにワむダをアクセスさせ図、第のカテヌテル型装眮䟋えば、バルヌン、バスケット、ステント送出カテヌテルなどをワむダの近䜍端に倖挿しお匕き続いお送り蟌むこずができるようになっおいる。第装眮の遠䜍郚が内芖鏡を出るず、医垫がワむダの制埡性を埗おアシスタントがアクセスを倱う恐れ無く第装眮を匕き抜くこずができるようになるたで、ショヌト亀換医垫ずアシスタント間の同調した抌し匕き運動が求められるが、これは凊理で䜿甚されるものず実際には類䌌しおいる。ワむダガむドの近䜍端は、通垞は、アクセスを倱わないために凊眮の間倧郚分は内芖鏡に固定されおいるが、カテヌテルの亀換や取り倖しができるようにするために内芖鏡から倖されなければならない。   Although the OTW technique has allowed device replacement, the development of the short wire technique has been accepted by physicians who prefer to maintain high control of the wire guide in the endoscope. A well-known example of this rapid exchange technique is a device with a MICROVASIVE RX BILARY STST ™ (Boston Scientific Corporation, Natwick, Mass.), Where the catheter portion of the device also depends on the device Includes an internal lumen that extends between a distal opening and a proximal opening that are 5 cm to 30 cm apart, and thus the 260 cm long JAGWIIRE® guidewire developed for this system When removing the device by extrapolation, replacement for the length is required. An example of a sphincter in this system (AUTOTOME ™ intubated sphincter) is shown in FIG. The lumen extends proximally from the proximal opening to form a “C-shaped channel” (shown in FIG. 2), which when the catheter portion is introduced into the endoscope Holds the wire guide in the catheter and when the catheter is removed from the endoscope, the wire is withdrawn laterally from the channel, allowing the wire to access the biopsy port of the endoscope (FIG. 3), and the second Catheter type devices (eg, balloons, baskets, stent delivery catheters, etc.) can be extrapolated to the proximal end of the wire for subsequent delivery. When the distal portion of the first device exits the endoscope, the short replacement (doctor and assistant) until the physician gains control of the wire and the assistant can withdraw the first device without fear of losing access. (Synchronized push-pull movement between) is required, which is actually similar to that used in OTW processing. The proximal end of the wire guide is usually secured to the endoscope for the most part during the procedure to avoid losing access, but is removed from the endoscope to allow catheter replacement and removal. It must be.

システムは、適床な時間節玄ず、医垫によるワむダのさらなる制埡性を提䟛及び亀換の実斜を支揎するアシスタントの技量ぞの䟝存床の䜎枛を提䟛しおいるが、ショヌト亀換手技では、特にカテヌテルを取り倖す時にワむダガむドを内芖鏡に固定できないため、管ぞのワむダガむドのアクセスが倱われないよう泚意を払わねばならない。ワむダガむドがカテヌテルのチャネル内にあり、連結された装眮は付属チャネル内に䞀䜓に拘束されおいるため、カテヌテルの遠䜍郚が内芖鏡の近䜍端を出るずきには連結を解陀しなければならない。この過皋は、ワむダずカテヌテルの間の摩擊抵抗により曎に時間がかかるため、この点が、次の亀換凊理で装眮をカテヌテルのルヌメン又は型チャネル内に圚るワむダに倖挿しお送り蟌み又は取り倖す際に問題ずなる。   The Microvasive system offers modest time savings and provides more control of the wire by the physician and reduces the reliance on assistant skills to assist in performing the exchange, but in short exchange procedures, especially the catheter Care must be taken not to lose access to the tube because the wire guide cannot be secured to the endoscope during removal. Because the wire guide is in the catheter channel and the connected device is constrained together in the accessory channel, the connection must be released when the distal portion of the catheter exits the proximal end of the endoscope . This process is more time consuming due to the frictional resistance between the wire and the catheter, so this is the point when the device is extrapolated to the lumen in the catheter or the C-shaped channel in the next exchange process and fed or removed. It becomes a problem.

カテヌテルに沿っお型チャネルを䌞匵させるず、臚床孊的欠点が生じ埗る。䟋えば、カテヌテルの割れ目は、りィルスや现菌の呚知の発生源である血液や胆汁がカテヌテルのルヌメンに入り蟌む進入箇所ずなり、入り蟌んだ血液や胆汁は、装眮の近䜍端に移動し、そこで倧抵は挏れ出お、床やこの凊眮に関わっおいる人々の衣服に付着する。チャネルは、朜圚的に空気が挏れる箇所でもあり、これは凊理の間に十二指腞内に適床な吹き蟌みを維持する胜力を危うくしかねない。型チャネルのもう぀の欠点は、カテヌテルの品質を䜎䞋させるこずであるが、これは挿管装眮偏向型の括玄筋切開刀などで、管ぞの進入経路を真っ盎ぐにするために乳頭郚を挿通させ又は「持ち䞊げ」ようずする堎合に、或いは狭窄郚を挿通させる堎合に、問題ずなりうる。   Extending the C-channel along the catheter can cause clinical disadvantages. For example, a catheter breach is an entry point for blood or bile, a well-known source of viruses and bacteria, into the lumen of the catheter, where the blood or bile moves to the proximal end of the device, where it often leaks. Get out and stick to the floor and clothes of people involved in this procedure. The channel is also a potential air leak point, which can jeopardize the ability to maintain a proper blow in the duodenum during processing. Another disadvantage of the C-type channel is that it degrades the quality of the catheter, which is an intubation device (such as a deflected sphincter) that can be used to straighten the access path to the tube. This can be a problem when trying to insert or “lift”, or when inserting a stenosis.

珟圚の迅速亀換又はショヌトワむダシステムも、埓来の法に芋られるいく぀かの欠点を解決するに至っおいない。䟋えば、耇数のプラスチック補排液ステントを䞊べお配眮する堎合には、送出システムを取り倖しおワむダを切り離さねばならないので、乳頭郚の再挿管が必芁になる。曎に、既存の装眮では、導管ずしおも機胜するカテヌテルを第ワむダ甚の空のルヌメンを有する前に患者ず斜術郚䜍から取り倖さねばならないため、耇数の管にステントを配眮する堎合など、第ワむダの次に第ワむダを配眮する胜力を提䟛しおいない。胆嚢装眮を亀換するための珟圚のシステムのもう぀の欠点は、぀のシステムの間に互換性がないこずである。ロングワむダ装眮には、ショヌト亀換ワむダで䜿甚する偎郚アクセスポヌトが無く、型チャネルを備えた   商暙装眮はロングワむダ亀換には巧く䜜られおおらず、型チャネルが第亀換凊理の間に砎れるず、近䜍偎ワむダガむドアクセスポヌト開口チャネルを含むを通しおロングワむダを導入し、それを導入時にチャネルから滑り出ないようにしおおくこずが困難である。たた、型チャネルは、同じ理由で、䞀般に、盎埄が小さいワむダガむドむンチ未満には適合性が無い。システム同士に互換性が無いずいうこずは、医垫が特定の患者にずっお最良の装眮ず治療法を遞択する堎合に、党おの可胜な遞択肢を利甚できるわけではないずいうこずを意味しおいる。   Current rapid exchange or short wire systems have also not solved some of the disadvantages found in conventional OTW methods. For example, if a plurality of plastic drainage stents are placed side by side, the delivery system must be removed and the wire must be disconnected, necessitating re-intubation of the nipple. Furthermore, in existing devices, the catheter that also functions as a conduit must be removed from the patient and treatment site before having an empty lumen for the second wire, such as when placing a stent in multiple tubes. Does not provide the ability to place the second wire next. Another drawback of current systems for exchanging gallbladder devices is the incompatibility between the two systems. The long wire device does not have a side access port for use with a short exchange wire, and the MICROVASIVE RX BILARY SYSTEM (TM) device with a C-type channel is not well-made for long-wire exchange. Is broken during the first exchange process, it is difficult to introduce the long wire through the proximal wire guide access port (including the open channel) and keep it from slipping out of the channel upon introduction. Also, C-channels are generally not compatible with small diameter wire guides (less than 0.035 inches) for the same reasons. The incompatibility between systems means that not all possible options are available when a physician selects the best device and treatment for a particular patient.

必芁ずされおいるのは、ロングワむダ亀換法ず互換性があり、䞊蚘欠点の解決を図った、斜術郚䜍内で効率的䞔぀信頌性のあるやり方で装眮を亀換するための改良されたショヌトワむダシステム及び技法である。   What is needed is an improved short wire for exchanging devices in an efficient and reliable manner within a surgical site that is compatible with the long wire exchange method and addresses the above disadvantages. Systems and techniques.

耇数の现長い医療甚装眮、䟋えばカテヌテルなどの管状郚材を、患者䜓内のワむダガむドなどの䜓内に導入された誘導郚材に倖挿しお、導入及び亀換するための図瀺のシステム及び方法においお、ルヌメン、管、噚官、脈管、他の身䜓通路又は腔、或いはワむダガむド誘導郚材のアクセスが、特定の凊眮又は䞀連の凊眮の間、維持される郚䜍に至る経路、ず定矩される斜術郚䜍内の誘導郚材から第装眮䞀次アクセス装眮を遠隔操䜜により連結解陀し、これにより装眮を取り倖し易くし、䞔぀装眮の亀換が患者䜓倖で行われるこず無く、二次アクセス装眮を䜓内に導入されたワむダに倖挿しお行う導入の単玔化を図るこずにより、医療甚装眮を導入及び亀換するためのシステム及び方法によっお、䞊蚘課題は解決され技術的な前進が達成される。本出願の䞻な着県点は膵臓胆管系又は胃腞管内の䜕れかの郚䜍内で装眮を亀換するこずにあるが、斜術郚䜍内で遠隔操䜜により装眮を連結解陀する本システム及び方法は、身䜓のどの郚分に察しおも䜓内に導入された誘導郚材に倖挿しお装眮を亀換する任意適圓な手技を適甚できる。䟋を挙げるず、限定するわけではないが、バルヌン、ステント、グラフト、閉塞噚、フィルタ、遠䜍偎保護装眮、切陀、光線療法、密封小線源療法など甚のカテヌテル類、人工匁、又は他の、冠状動脈、呚蟺動脈系䟋えば、頚動脈や腎動脈又は静脈系䟋えば、脚郚の深郚静脈を含む血管系に挿入される噚具又は装眮を、導入及び配眮する堎合である。他の代衚的な郚䜍を挙げるず、生殖−泌尿噚系䟋えば、膀胱、尿管、腎臓、卵管など、及び気管支系がある。たた、本システムず方法は、䜓腔内で、䟋えば、腹膜、胞膜腔、停性嚢胞又は真性嚢胞構造内で、ニヌドル、トロカヌル、又はシヌスによる経皮的配眮又は亀換を介しお、装眮を亀換する堎合に䜿甚するこずができる。   In the illustrated system and method for introducing and replacing a plurality of elongated medical devices, eg, tubular members, such as catheters, with a guide member introduced into the body, such as a wire guide in a patient body (lumens, Within the treatment site (defined as the path to which a tube, organ, vessel, other body passage or cavity, or wire guide / guide member access is maintained during a particular procedure or series of procedures) The first device (primary access device) is disconnected from the guide member by remote control, thereby making it easy to remove the device and replacing the device outside the patient's body so that the secondary access device can be introduced into the body. The above problem is solved by a system and method for introducing and exchanging medical devices by simplifying the introduction by extrapolating the wire to the outside. It is achieved. The main focus of this application is to replace the device in either the pancreatic bile duct system or the gastrointestinal tract, but the present system and method for remotely disconnecting the device within the treatment site Any appropriate technique for exchanging the device by extrapolating to the guide member introduced into the body can be applied to any part. Examples include, but are not limited to, balloons, stents, grafts, occluders, filters, distal protection devices, catheters for ablation, phototherapy, brachytherapy, prosthetic valves, or others This is the case of introducing and placing an instrument or device to be inserted into a vascular system including the coronary artery, the peripheral arterial system (eg, carotid artery or renal artery) or the venous system (eg, deep veins of the leg). Other representative sites include the reproductive-urinary system (eg, bladder, ureter, kidney, fallopian tube, etc.), and bronchial system. The system and method also replaces the device in a body cavity, for example, in the peritoneum, pleural cavity, pseudocyst or true cyst structure, via percutaneous placement or replacement with a needle, trocar, or sheath. Can be used in case.

遠隔的に連結解陀するための装眮の基本システムは、誘導郚材、代衚的にはワむダガむド、を備えおいる。なお、これより埌、本明现曞で䜿甚する「ワむダガむド」ずいう甚語は、総称的な意味においお、䞊蚘機胜を果たすように構成されたあらゆる装眮䟋えば、小埄のカテヌテル、レヌザヌファむバヌ、ひも、プラスチックビヌド、スタむレット、ニヌドルなどであっお、技術的に芋お医療技術分野で䞀般的に甚いられおいる甚語ずしおのワむダガむド又は「ガむドワむダ」ず芋なされないような装眮であっおも、そのような装眮を含むものず理解されたい。遠隔的に連結解陀するこずにより、他のショヌトワむダ法䟋えば、迅速亀換に䜿甚されるものよりも短い誘導郚材ワむダガむドを䜿甚できるようになり、埓っお以埌、本明现曞で蚘述する方法は、総称的には「超ショヌトワむダ」技法、又は斜術郚䜍によっおは「管内亀換」、「血管内亀換」などず呌ぶこずにする。ワむダガむドの長さを埓来の迅速亀換ワむダガむドよりも短くできた理由は、患者䜓倖では亀換が行われないようにしたからである。事実、遠隔的連結解陀により、装眮はワむダ䞊で取り倖されるわけではないので、導入される装眮よりも亀換ワむダガむドを短くするこずができる。䟋えば、の「迅速亀換」凊眮の堎合、䜿甚される装眮によっおは乃至の倖郚亀換をその郜床行わなければならず、通垞䜿甚されるワむダガむドがであるのに察しお、胆嚢装眮の本発明によるシステムのワむダガむドチャネルの十二指腞鏡に䜿甚は、通垞最小機胜長玄である。ワむダは、短いほど、䞀人の斜術者で操䜜し易く、床、患者のベッド、噚具台、画像化装眮などのような滅菌凊理されおいない面ぞの接觊防止にも圹立぀。長さがであれば、必芁な堎合には、殆どの倖郚亀換も行うこずができる。たた、本システムず適合性を持たない装眮を亀換するための長いワむダに察応するため、ワむダの近䜍端に随意的な連結機構を蚭け、ワむダガむド延長郚を係合させおワむダの長さを䟋えば、又はに䌞ばし、埓来型の亀換方匏を行うこずもできる。   The basic system of the device for remotely disconnecting comprises a guide member, typically a wire guide. In addition, after that, the term “wire guide” as used herein is a generic meaning of any device configured to perform the above function (eg, small diameter catheter, laser fiber, string, plastic). Bead, stylet, needle, etc.) that is not technically regarded as a wire guide (or “guide wire”) as a term commonly used in the medical arts Should also be understood to include such devices. Remote disconnection allows the use of a shorter guide / wire guide than that used for other short wire methods (eg, quick change), and hence the method described hereinbelow. Are generically referred to as “ultra-short wire” techniques, or “intravascular replacement (IDE)”, “intravascular replacement (IVE)”, etc., depending on the treatment site. The reason why the length of the wire guide can be made shorter than that of the conventional quick exchange wire guide is that the exchange is not performed outside the patient's body. In fact, remote disconnection allows the replacement wire guide to be shorter than the device being introduced because the device is not removed on the wire. For example, in the case of a Microvasive “rapid exchange” procedure, an external exchange of 5 to 30 cm must be performed each time, depending on the device used, whereas the commonly used wire guide is 260 cm, whereas the gallbladder device The wire guide (used for a 145 cm channel duodenoscope) of the present invention is typically 185 cm (minimum functional length of about 180 cm). The shorter the wire, the easier it is for a single practitioner to operate and it also helps prevent contact with non-sterile surfaces such as the floor, patient bed, instrument table, imaging device, and the like. If the length is 185 cm, most external exchanges can be performed if necessary. Also, to accommodate long wires for exchanging devices that are not compatible with the system, an optional coupling mechanism is provided at the proximal end of the wire and the wire guide extension is engaged so that the length of the wire Can be extended (e.g., to 260 cm or 480 cm) to perform a conventional exchange scheme.

誘導郚材ワむダガむドには、第の现長い医療装眮䞀次アクセス装眮、代衚的には管状郚材又はカテヌテル装眮が連結されるが、これは、通路又はルヌメン、あるいは倖郚チャネル、倖偎リング、又は他の界面域のような連結領域が遠䜍郚呚蟺にあり、その連結領域は、ワむダガむドの䞀郚を受け入れるように構成され、斜術郚䜍内で䜜動䞭にはワむダガむドず医療装眮の䞡者が解攟可胜な連結察を構成するこずができるように、ワむダガむドの䞀郚を受け入れるようになっおいる。連結領域は、现長い医療装眮の䞀郚であっおもよいし、そこに共に配眮された別の芁玠䟋えば、现長い係合郚材を䞭心ずしお配眮されおもよいが、この別の芁玠も本出願での䜿甚に限っおは现長い医療装眮の構成郚分ず考える。別の现長い係合郚材は、ワむダガむドずカテヌテル装眮が、再配眮又は連結解陀されるたで、䞡者を解攟可胜に固定する䞀次的又は二次的な手段を提䟛しうる。现長い係合郚材は、必ずずいうわけではないが管状郚材の通路内に配眮されおいるのが䞀般的であり、この係合郚材にも連結領域を曎に備えるこずができる。本システムず共に䜿甚される䞀次アクセス装眮は、ロングワむダ適合型の装眮が遞択された堎合はロングワむダを導入するために本システムを容易に倉換できるように、開攟匏又は分裂匏チャネルではなく装眮の近䜍倖郚郚分たで䌞匵しおいる閉鎖匏又は自己密閉匏通路を有しおいるのが望たしい。たた、本発明の装眮は、埓来のショヌトワむダ亀換が望たしい堎合又は予期せぬ解剖孊的制玄により遠隔連結解陀が厄介な堎合には、ワむダ倖挿匏に戻すこずが可胜な構成ずなっおいる。   Connected to the guide member / wire guide is a first elongate medical device (primary access device), typically a tubular member or catheter device, which may be a passage or lumen, or an external channel, outer ring, or There is a connection area around the distal portion, such as another interface area, which is configured to receive a portion of the wire guide, while both the wire guide and the medical device are in operation within the treatment site. A portion of the wire guide is received so that a releasable connection pair can be constructed. The connecting region may be part of an elongate medical device or may be centered about another element (e.g., an elongate engagement member) disposed therewith, but this other element is also a book. For use in applications only, it is considered a component of an elongated medical device. Another elongate engagement member may provide a primary or secondary means for releasably securing the wire guide and catheter device until they are repositioned or disconnected. The elongate engagement member is typically, but not necessarily, disposed within the passage of the tubular member, and the engagement member can further include a connection region. The primary access device used with the system (not an open or split channel) so that the system can be easily converted to introduce a long wire if a long wire compatible device is selected. It is desirable to have a closed or self-sealing passage that extends to the proximal (external) portion of the device. In addition, the device of the present invention is configured to return to wire extrapolation when conventional short wire replacement is desired or remote disconnection is difficult (due to unexpected anatomical constraints). ing.

本発明の第の態様では、本装眮は、暙識システム䟋えば、攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌ、倖郚マヌキング、内芖鏡マヌキングなどのような䜍眮合わせ暙識システムを、ワむダガむド及び又は第の现長い医療装眮を䞭心ずしおさらに備えおおり、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端又は遠䜍郚を、ワむダが出おいる偎郚アクセスポヌト又はアパヌチャ䟋えば、開孔のような連結領域の近䜍端に察しお配眮する際に利甚するこずができる。郜合がいいこずに、この䜍眮合わせ暙識システムは、぀の装眮が斜術郚䜍内で連結又は連結解陀される際の医垫による制埡を可胜にし、連結解陀の確認を補助する。このような確認ができなければ、連結解陀がい぀生じたのか又は生じようずしおいるのかを知らないたた、医垫が䟋えば蛍光透芖法誘導䞋でカテヌテルずワむダガむドの連結解陀を詊みるこずが極めお困難になりうる。䜓内の箇所又は斜術郚䜍䞊びに送出される装眮にもよるが、「目芖せずに」装眮を連結解陀を詊みるこずはワむダガむドアクセスを倱う原因になり、特にワむダガむドが係合されたたた装眮が早たっお匕き抜かれおしたうず、そのような事態になりかねない。たた、連結解陀が生じたこずを確かめるのに必芁な、装眮ずワむダガむドの間の盞察移動量は、衚瀺を䜿甚した堎合よりも䞀般的にはるかに倧きく、埓っお、ワむダガむドが遠くたで匕き出されすぎおアクセスを倱ったり、又は斜術郚䜍内の連結解陀を行うための空間が䞍十分ずなる危険が増倧する。代衚的な迅速亀換装眮では、亀換凊眮が患者䜓倖で行われるこずを想定しおいるので、必芁な攟射線甚の又はその他適圓な衚瀺を備えお構成されおいない。倖郚亀換は、䜎速の凊理であり、別のカテヌテル又はワむダガむドを既存の装眮埓来の迅速亀換では垞にワむダガむド又は誘導装眮であるに倖挿しお斜術郚䜍に前進させる前に、第のカテヌテルの取り出しが指図される。   In a first aspect of the invention, the apparatus includes an alignment marker system, such as a marker system (eg, radiopaque marker, external marking, endoscopic marking, etc.), a wire guide and / or a first Centered on an elongated medical device, the distal end or distal portion of the wire guide is at the proximal end of a connection region such as a side access port or aperture (eg, an aperture) through which the wire exits. It is possible to use it when arranging it. Conveniently, this alignment marker system allows control by the physician when the two devices are connected or disconnected within the surgical site and assists in confirming the disconnection. Without such confirmation, it is highly likely that the physician will attempt to disconnect the catheter and wire guide (eg, under fluoroscopy guidance) without knowing when the disconnection has occurred or is about to occur. Can be difficult. Depending on the location of the body or treatment site and the device being delivered, attempting to disconnect the device “without sight” can cause loss of wire guide access, especially if the device remains engaged while the wire guide remains engaged. If it is pulled out prematurely, this can happen. Also, the relative amount of movement between the device and the wire guide that is necessary to ensure that the disconnection has occurred is generally much larger than when using the display, so the wire guide is pulled far away. There is an increased risk of losing access too much, or insufficient space for releasing the connection within the treatment site. Typical quick change devices are not configured with the necessary radiation or other suitable indications because the replacement procedure is intended to take place outside the patient. External exchange is a slow process, in which the first catheter or wire guide is extrapolated to an existing device (which is always a wire guide or guide device in conventional rapid exchange) and advanced to the treatment site before the first Removal of the catheter is directed.

本暙識システムの第の䞀連の実斜圢態は、䞀次又は二次アクセス装眮ず誘導装眮の間の敎合及び係合状態を刀定するために、適圓な倖郚誘導システム蛍光透芖法、、スキャン、線、超音波などの䞋で斜術者が䜿甚する぀又はそれ以䞊の装眮に蚭けられた、攟射線撮圱甚又は超音波反射性マヌキングを含んでいる。第の実斜䟋は、ワむダガむド及び第の现長い医療装眮の遠䜍端に蚭けられた攟射線䞍透過性又は高密床垯、マヌキングなどを備えおいる。具䜓的には、ワむダガむドの遠䜍先端郚には、䞀般的には、第の现長い医療装眮の連結領域の長さを少なくずも備えおいる攟射線䞍透過郚分があり、この郚分はむリゞりム、プラチナ、又は他の適した材料を含む垯のような攟射線䞍透過性のマヌカヌを有し、連結領域の近䜍端呚蟺䟋えば偎郚アクセスポヌト又はそのすぐ遠䜍偎の䜍眮に配眮されおおり、これによっお、斜術者は、装眮が斜術郚䜍内で連結解陀又は分離されるカテヌテルの地点にワむダの遠䜍先端郚がい぀接近しおいるか又はこの点をい぀出たかを知るこずができる。たた、他の攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌずしお、カテヌテルの遠䜍端などでの遠隔連結解陀を支揎するのに䞀般には䜿甚されおいない攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌ、又はステント又はバルヌンの配眮に䜿甚されおいる暙識、を蚭けおもよい。   A first series of embodiments of the present marking system is suitable for determining the alignment and engagement between the primary or secondary access device and the guidance device by using an appropriate external guidance system (fluoroscopy, MRI, CT scan). Radiographic or ultrasonically reflective markings provided on one or more devices used by the practitioner under (X-ray, ultrasound, etc.). The first embodiment comprises a wire guide and a radiopaque or dense band, marking, etc. provided at the distal end of the first elongate medical device. In particular, the distal tip of the wire guide typically has a radiopaque portion comprising at least the length of the connecting region of the first elongate medical device, the portion being iridium, platinum Or a radiopaque marker, such as a band containing other suitable material, located around the proximal end of the connecting region (eg, at the side access port or just distal thereof) This allows the practitioner to know when the distal tip of the wire is approaching or exits the point of the catheter where the device is disconnected or disconnected within the treatment site. In addition, other radiopaque markers are used for placement of radiopaque markers or stents or balloons that are not commonly used to assist remote disconnection, such as at the distal end of a catheter. A sign may be provided.

システム衚瀺の第の䞀連の実斜圢態は、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚付近に配眮された盎接芖認可胜暙識ず、凊眮䞭にはこれが連結される管状郚材ず、を備えおいる。ある実斜䟋では、ワむダガむドは、目芖確認できる敎列点を備えおおり、この敎列点は、぀のマヌカヌ䟋えば、色垯あるいはワむダガむド倖偎被芆の異なる色及び又は暡様の領域の間の遷移点であっお、これが现長い医療装眮の近䜍郚の所定の第マヌキングず敎列するずワむダガむドず管状郚材の遠䜍端が互いに敎列しおいるこずが瀺される。カテヌテルは、係合解陀点を衚す第のマヌクを曎に含んでおり、これがワむダガむドの所定の敎列マヌキングず敎列するず、぀の装眮は連結又は係合を解陀され぀぀あるか又は既に解陀され、ワむダガむドの遠䜍先端郚が連結領域を出た状態にあるこずが瀺される。カテヌテルの近䜍郚䞊の第遠䜍偎及び第近䜍偎マヌキングは、凊眮䞭も患者又は内芖鏡の倖に留たる領域にあり、連結領域の長さず同じ距離だけ離間しお配眮されおいるのが望たしい。連結領域が非垞に短い堎合䟋えばリングは、近䜍偎暙識を䜿甚するのであれば、カテヌテル䞊の぀のマヌクが係合解陀を瀺すこずが望たしい。   A second series of embodiments of the system representation comprises a directly visible indicator disposed near the proximal portion of the wire guide and a tubular member to which it is coupled during the procedure. In certain embodiments, the wire guide includes a visually identifiable alignment point, which is between one marker (eg, a color band) or a different color and / or pattern area of the wire guide outer coating. A transition point is shown that the wire guide and the distal end of the tubular member are aligned with each other when aligned with a predetermined first marking on the proximal portion of the elongated medical device. The catheter further includes a second mark representing a disengagement point, when this aligns with a predetermined alignment marking on the wire guide, the two devices are either being connected or disengaged or have already been disengaged, It is shown that the distal tip of the wire guide is out of the connection region. The first (distal) and second (proximal) markings on the proximal portion of the catheter are in a region that remains outside the patient or endoscope during the procedure and are separated by the same distance as the length of the connecting region. It is desirable to be arranged. If the connection area is very short (eg, a ring), it is desirable that one mark on the catheter indicate disengagement if a proximal indicator is used.

暙識システムの第の䞀連の実斜圢態は、光ファむバ内芖鏡又は映像内芖鏡䟋えば十二指腞鏡、胃鏡、気管支鏡、尿管鏡などで芖認可胜に構成されたマヌキングを含んでいる。膵臓胆嚢系にアクセスするように構成された装眮では、暙識は、ワむダガむド及び现長い医療装眮それぞれの䞭間郚分内に蚭けられたマヌキングを備えおおり、通垞の凊眮䞭は内芖鏡の芖認レンズ又はビデオチップの遠䜍偎䞔぀オリフィス膚倧郚の近䜍偎にあっお、管内で連結解陀が生じたこずを確認するビデオモニタヌ又は芳察ポヌトを䜿っお敎列させるこずができる。装眮は、遠隔連結解陀凊眮䞭に有甚な他の内芖鏡暙識を含んでいおもよい。䟋えば、胆嚢カテヌテルは、乳頭郚内に埋め蟌たれるずワむダガむドアクセスを倱う危険性無しに管内でを安党に行えるこずを瀺す深床マヌキングを、カテヌテル先端郚から所定の距離䟋えばに備えおいおもよい。たた、ワむダガむドの先端郚が管から完党に匕き出されお乳頭郚の再挿管が必芁になる危険があるか吊かを医垫に譊告する目に芋える合図ずしお、遠䜍郚の倖芳は目立たせおもよい䟋えば黒色。第及び第の暙識システムは、倖郚画像化凊理を必芁ずしないため、医垫は患者が蛍光透芖に曝される時間を制限するこずができ奜郜合である。䟋えば、他の皮類の暙識のうち少なくずも぀を別の堎所で敎合の案内ずしお䜿甚しながら凊眮を行う際は、蛍光透芖は、遞択された重芁な時だけ䜿甚するこずができる。   A third series of embodiments of the marking system includes a marking configured to be visible with a fiber optic endoscope or video endoscope (eg, a duodenoscope, a gastroscope, a bronchoscope, a ureteroscope, etc.). In devices configured to access the pancreatic gallbladder system, the marker comprises a marking provided in the middle portion of each of the wire guide and the elongated medical device, and during normal procedures, a viewing lens or endoscope It can be aligned using a video monitor (or viewing port) that is distal to the video chip and proximal to the orifice bulge and confirms that disconnection has occurred in the tube. The device may include other endoscopic markers useful during remote disconnection procedures. For example, gallbladder catheters are provided with a depth marking at a predetermined distance (eg, 10 cm) from the catheter tip to indicate that IDE can be safely performed in the tube without the risk of losing wire guide access when implanted in the nipple. Also good. The distal portion of the wire guide should be conspicuous as a visible cue to warn the physician whether the tip of the wire guide is completely pulled out of the tube and there is a risk of re-intubation of the nipple. (For example, black). Advantageously, the second and third labeling systems do not require an external imaging process, allowing the physician to limit the time that the patient is exposed to fluoroscopy. For example, when performing a procedure while using at least one of the other types of signs as an alignment guide at another location, fluoroscopy can be used only at selected critical times.

ワむダガむドず第の现長い医療装眮及び次の装眮が係合しおいるか連結解陀されおいるかを確認する芖芚的衚瀺を䜿甚するこずに加え、本発明は、装眮が互いに察しお動く際に装眮の間の抵抗が増す䞍連続のポむントにより、係合解陀が生じた又は生じようずしおいるポむントを医垫が「觊れる」又は感じるようにする぀又はそれ以䞊の隆起及び又は窪みを、぀又はそれ以䞊の装眮又は内芖鏡の付属チャネルポヌトに沿っお含んでいる觊芚システムのような、他の型匏の敎列衚瀺システムを含んでいる。磁石も觊芚システムの構成芁玠ずなり埗る。敎列衚瀺噚システムの他の実斜圢態ずしおは、センサを基本ずしたシステムを含んでおり、システム内にセンサが配眮されおいる。カテヌテル又は内芖鏡チャネルポヌトに沿っお配眮されたセンサが、システム䟋えば、ワむダガむド又はカテヌテル内の䜕凊かの范正䜍眮を怜知しお、信号又は合図䟋えば、電気信号を送信たたは提䟛し、装眮が連結解陀されたか又はされ぀぀あるこずを斜術者に譊告する音声又は芖芚による譊報の圢態で䌝達される。敎列システムは、敎列甚の぀のシステム又は手段を備えおいおもよいし、たたは芖芚による衚瀺噚ず芖芚以倖による衚瀺噚の組み合わせを備えおいおもよい。   In addition to using visual indications to confirm whether the wire guide and the first elongate medical device (and the next device) are engaged or disconnected, the present invention provides for the device as it moves relative to each other. One or more ridges and / or depressions that allow the physician to “touch” or feel the point at which disengagement occurs or is about to occur due to discontinuous points between the devices Other types of alignment display systems are included, such as one or more devices or haptic systems including along an accessory channel port of an endoscope. Magnets can also be a component of a haptic system. Other embodiments of the alignment indicator system include a sensor based system in which the sensor is located. A sensor located along the catheter or endoscope channel / port senses any calibration position in the system (eg, wire guide or catheter) and sends a signal or cue (eg, electrical signal) or Provided and communicated in the form of an audible or visual alarm that alerts the practitioner that the device has been disconnected or is being connected. The alignment system may comprise one system or means for alignment, or may comprise a combination of visual and non-visual indicators.

本発明の第の態様では、第の现長い医療装眮ずワむダガむドの䞡方が斜術郚䜍にある間に、第の现長い医療装眮をワむダガむドから連結解陀するための方法即ち、基本的な超ショヌトワむダ技法が提䟛されおいる。぀の装眮は、内芖鏡、導入噚シヌスのような暙準的な導入方法ず導入噚郚材を䜿甚しお、導入される医療装眮の連結領域を通しおワむダガむドが係合された状態で、斜術郚䜍に導入される。膵臓胆嚢系に䜿甚される或る実斜圢態では、連結領域は、カテヌテルの遠䜍郚、䟋えば遠䜍偎の郚分に通路を備えおおり、ワむダガむドは、圓該箇所で偎郚アクセスポヌト䟋えば、開孔を通り、カテヌテルの近䜍郚の倖偎に沿っおワむダガむドずカテヌテルの䞡方が導入経路に沿っお䞊んだ状態で共に䌞匵するように、出おおり、この導入経路は、胆嚢の実斜圢態では十二指腞鏡のチャネルずなる。䟋えば、括玄筋切開刀、ニヌドルナむフ、カテヌテルなどのようなワむダガむド又は䞀次アクセス装眮は、ダクト挿管のために最初に管に導入されるこずができ、次いで䞀次アクセス装眮はワむダに倖挿しお前進させられ、蚺断及び又は治療などの第の医療凊眮を行う。この間、ワむダガむドは、ワむダガむド入口ポヌト生怜ポヌト付近に配眮された係止装眮、クリップ、他の手段を介しお近䜍郚を内芖鏡に取り付けられるこずによっお定䜍眮に奜適に固定され、こうしお長手方向にその䜍眮を固定されお斜術郚䜍ぞのアクセスの維持を支揎する。第の装眮が目的の動䜜造圱剀の泚入、括玄筋の切陀などを枈たせるず、斜術者は、装眮を配眮し盎す間の芖認的案内を提䟛しおいる線、内芖鏡、及び又は近䜍偎の衚瀺システムなどを奜適に䜿甚しお、係合解陀ができる。぀の技法ここでは「装眮」ず称するは、連結が解陀されるたで、䞀次アクセス装眮を静止ガむドワむダに倖挿しお前進させる段階を含んでいる。第の技法ここでは、「ワむダガむド」ず称するは、連結解陀が生じたこずを敎列衚瀺が瀺すたで、䞀次アクセス装眮を静止䜍眮に保ったたた、ワむダガむドを匕き抜く段階を含んでいる。第の技法は、装眮ずワむダガむドの折衷型である。曎に、攟射線䞍透過性のワむダガむド先端郚分が、通路を出る際には特城的な「ホむッピング」動䜜が珟れるのが普通であるが、これは、蛍光透芖䞋で芖認可胜であり、この動䜜確認も連結解陀の目に芋える独特な暙識ずなる。   In a second aspect of the invention, a method (i.e., a basic) for disconnecting a first elongate medical device from a wire guide while both the first elongate medical device and the wire guide are at the treatment site. An ultra-short wire technique) is provided. The two devices use a standard introducer method such as an endoscope, introducer sheath and introducer member, with the wire guide engaged through the connecting region of the introduced medical device, and the surgical site. To be introduced. In certain embodiments used for the pancreatic gallbladder system, the connecting region comprises a passage in the distal portion of the catheter, eg, the distal 6 cm portion, and the wire guide is connected to the side access port (eg, ), And along the outside of the proximal portion of the catheter, both the wire guide and the catheter extend so that they extend together in line along the introduction path. In the embodiment, it becomes a channel of a duodenoscope. For example, a 4a wire guide or primary access device such as a sphincter, needle knife, ERCP catheter, etc. can be first introduced into the tube for duct intubation, and then the primary access device is extrapolated to the wire. Advance and perform a first medical procedure such as diagnosis and / or therapy. During this time, the wire guide is suitably fixed in place by attaching the proximal portion to the endoscope via a locking device, clip, or other means located near the wire guide inlet port (biopsy port) Thus, the position is fixed in the longitudinal direction to assist in maintaining access to the treatment site. Once the first device has performed the desired action (contrast injection, sphincter resection, etc.), the practitioner provides an x-ray that provides visual guidance while repositioning the device, an endoscope, and The disengagement can be performed preferably using a proximal display system or the like. One technique (herein referred to as “device IDE”) involves extrapolating the primary access device over the stationary guidewire until the connection is released. A second technique (referred to herein as “wire guide IDE”) includes withdrawing the wire guide while keeping the primary access device in a stationary position until the alignment indication indicates that disconnection has occurred. Yes. The third technique is a compromise between the device IDE and the wire guide IDE. In addition, the radiopaque wire guide tip typically exhibits a characteristic “whipping” action as it exits the passage, which is visible under fluoroscopy, This operation check is also a unique sign that can be seen when the connection is released.

医垫が、敎列衚瀺噚システムの少なくずも぀の構成芁玠を䜿甚しお、ワむダガむドの先端郚が䞀次アクセス装眮の連結領域から係合解陀されたず刀断するず、第装眮は、内芖鏡付属チャネルあるいは血管又は他の或る皮の内芖鏡以倖の甚途の堎合は導入甚シヌスから匕き戻すだけで簡単に取り倖すこずができる。ワむダがチャネル又はルヌメンの䞭に圚る堎合にはワむダガむドずカテヌテルの間に摩擊が存圚するが、これがなくなるこずにより、取り倖しが容易になる。先に述べた 商暙胆道系装眮䟋えば、商暙括玄筋切開刀の䞭には遠䜍郚に偎郚ポヌトを蚭けおいるものもあるが、どの装眮も、遠隔又は管内亀換を臚床的に実甚化する衚瀺の組み合わせを、又は可胜にする衚瀺の組み合わせすら、欠いおいる。たた、偎郚アクセスポヌトの近䜍偎に開口チャネルが䌞匵しおいる装眮では、装眮ずワむダガむドが共に内芖鏡の付属チャネル内に或るずきには、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚がチャネルを「捜し」、再床入ろうずする傟向があるので、衚瀺の有無に関わらず、管内又は斜術郚䜍内で連結解陀するこずはできない。このように、遠隔接続解陀は、ワむダをチャネルから解攟可胜に係合解陀するための䜕らかの手段無しには䞍可胜ずなる。   When the physician uses at least one component of the alignment indicator system to determine that the distal end of the wire guide has been disengaged from the connection area of the primary access device, the first device can receive the endoscope attached channel ( Alternatively, for applications other than blood vessels or some other type of endoscope, it can be removed simply by pulling back from the introducer sheath. If there is a wire in the channel or lumen, there will be friction between the wire guide and the catheter, but this will be easier to remove. Some of the previously described MICROVASIVE RX ™ biliary devices (eg, AUTOTOME ™ sphincterotomy) have a side port at the distal portion, but any device can be remotely or intravascularly There is a lack of display combinations that make the exchange clinically practical, or even display combinations that allow it. Also, in a device with an open channel extending proximally of the side access port, the proximal portion of the wire guide “looks for the channel” when the device and the wire guide are both in the accessory channel of the endoscope. “Because there is a tendency to re-enter, it cannot be disconnected in the tube or in the treatment site, regardless of the presence or absence of the indication. Thus, remote disconnection is not possible without some means for releasably disengaging the wire from the channel.

カテヌテルずワむダガむドの連結が解陀されるず、ワむダの近䜍端は、第の现長い医療装眮䟋えば、二次アクセス装眮又は第のものず同じ第の装眮に倖挿しお斜術郚䜍に前進させるのに䜿えるようになる。本方法の或る実斜䟋では、䜓内に導入されたワむダの近䜍端は、遠䜍開口郚を通しお送り蟌たれ、二次装眮の偎郚アクセスポヌトから出お、斜術郚䜍に進められる。二次装眮を䜿甚しお第の医療凊眮が行われた埌、別の凊眮のために別の二次装眮が必芁な堎合は、第の二次装眮䞉次医療装眮がワむダガむド及び患者身䜓から取り出され、ワむダガむドは、最初の぀の装眮のずきず同じやり方で四次装眮のためのアクセスを提䟛するのに䜿えるようになる。   When the catheter and wire guide are uncoupled, the proximal end of the wire is extrapolated to a third elongate medical device (eg, a secondary access device or a second device that is the same as the first) and the treatment site Can be used to move forward. In one embodiment of the method, the proximal end of the wire introduced into the body is fed through the distal opening and out of the side access port of the secondary device and advanced to the treatment site. After the second medical procedure is performed using the secondary device, if another secondary device is required for another procedure, the first secondary device (tertiary medical device) is connected to the wire guide and Removed from the patient's body, the wire guide can be used to provide access for the quaternary device in the same manner as for the first two devices.

本方法の或る倉圢䟋では、二぀に枝分かれしおいる管又は血管に挿管する凊眮などの堎合、䞀次アクセス装眮は、ワむダガむドずの連結を解陀した埌も、第のワむダガむド甚の導入経路又は導管ずしお、斜術郚䜍の所定の䜍眮に留眮されおもよい。そのような凊眮の䞀䟋ずしおは、別々の肝葉から排液する本の管にステントを配眮せねばならない堎合がある。第のワむダガむドは、兞型的にはハンドル郚分付近にある、通路ず連通しおいる第装眮の近䜍偎ワむダガむドポヌトあるいはハブを通しお導入されるのが䞀般的である。この技法では、通垞、カテヌテルのロングワむダ亀換を必芁ずする。第の遞択肢は、ワむダの完党制埡を維持できるように、管状郚材の壁を通しお圢成された近䜍偎偎郚アクセスポヌト䟋えば、開孔を通しおワむダを導入するこずである。この実斜圢態では、カテヌテル壁は、近䜍偎アクセスポヌトず偎郚アクセスポヌトの間で割けるように構成されおいるか、又はロング亀換が䞍芁になるようにワむダガむドを装眮の遠䜍方向に向けお剥き出しにするこずができる開攟型又は自己密閉匏チャネルを含んでいる。通路から暪方向にワむダガむドを取り倖すか又は剥き出しにするのは、カテヌテルの壁に切り蟌み線を入れる又は構造的に匱くする、割くこずのできる等方性のカテヌテル壁材料䟋えば、を䜿甚する、カテヌテルの壁に沿っお密封可胜継ぎ目又は係止継ぎ目を組み蟌む、あるいは壁を薄くする又は十分な力が加えられるずワむダガむドが壁を割っおそれ自䜓の出路を圢成するこずができる材料を䜿甚するなど、どの公知の手段を䜿っお行っおもよい。或いは、取り付けられたスリヌブのような連結領域を含んでいるワむダガむドを䜿甚しお、既に䜓内に導入されおいる暙準的なワむダガむドに連結させおもよいし、又は䞡方のワむダガむドを䞀䜓に連結しお现長い管状郚材の通路を通しお前進させおもよい。   In one variation of the method, the primary access device may be used for the second wire guide after disconnecting from the wire guide, such as in a procedure for intubating into a bifurcated tube or blood vessel. As an introduction route or a conduit, it may be placed at a predetermined position of the treatment site. An example of such a procedure may be the placement of a stent in two tubes that drain from separate liver lobes. The second wire guide is typically introduced through the proximal wire guide port or hub of the first device in communication with the passage, typically near the handle portion. This technique usually requires long wire replacement of the catheter. A second option is to introduce the wire through a proximal side access port (eg, an aperture) formed through the wall of the tubular member so that full control of the wire can be maintained. In this embodiment, the catheter wall is configured to break between the proximal access port and the side access port, or the wire guide is directed distally of the device so that no long exchange is required. It contains open or self-sealing channels that can be exposed. To remove or expose the wire guide laterally from the passageway, use isotropic catheter wall material (eg PTFE) that can be broken or structurally weakened into the catheter wall. A material that can incorporate a sealable seam or locking seam along the wall of the catheter, or that thin the wall or when sufficient force is applied, the wire guide breaks the wall to form its own exit path Any known means such as use may be used. Alternatively, a wire guide that includes a connecting region such as an attached sleeve may be used to connect to a standard wire guide already introduced into the body, or both wire guides may be joined together. It may be coupled and advanced through the passage of the elongated tubular member.

䞊蚘手段の぀で通路ぞのアクセスを埗た埌、ワむダガむドは、蛍光透芖法など倖郚画像法の䞋で案内され、所望の堎所に入る。随意的にではあるが、第の装眮が括玄筋切開刀又はその他の皮類の偏向性カテヌテルの堎合、斜術者は、第ワむダガむドの先端郚を管又は血管の反察偎又は暪の分枝内ぞず案内するのを支揎するため、カテヌテル先端郚の圢状ず向きを操䜜するこずができる。斜術郚䜍内での方向決めは、回転可胜ハンドルで先端郚を方向決めするこずにより容易になる。たた、本発明に䟋瀺しおいるの胆嚢ワむダガむドのような或る皮の短いショヌトワむダガむドであれば、斜術者が指でワむダを回すだけで、倚くの堎合に同様な成果を達成できるだけの回転力を䌝えられるこずが実蚌されおいる。   After gaining access to the passageway with one of the above means, the wire guide is guided under external imaging methods such as fluoroscopy and enters the desired location. Optionally, if the first device is a sphincterotome or other type of deflectable catheter, the practitioner can place the tip of the second wire guide on the opposite (or lateral) side of the tube or blood vessel. To assist in guiding into the branch, the shape and orientation of the catheter tip can be manipulated. Orientation within the treatment site is facilitated by orienting the tip with a rotatable handle. Also, with some short short wire guides such as the 185 cm gallbladder wire guide illustrated in the present invention, a practitioner can often achieve similar results simply by turning the wire with his finger. It has been demonstrated that the rotational force of can be transmitted.

本発明の別の態様では、䞀次アクセス装眮は、連結領域内又はその付近䟋えば、管状郚材の遠䜍偎通路でワむダガむドに解攟可胜に係合するように䜜られおいる现長い係合郚材を曎に含んでいる。実斜圢態は、䞀杯に前進した䜍眮にくるず通路内でワむダガむドを楔止めにするように䜜られおいる可撓性を有するワむダストッパ䟋えば、ナむロンスタむレット、及びワむダガむドを係蹄しおこれを管状郚材に察しお長手方向に固定䜍眮に維持する匵力を䞎える糞状郚材䟋えば、瞫合糞を䜿甚するこずを含んでいる。導入時に现長い係合郚材が䜿甚されない堎合、䟋えば二次アクセス装眮が、既に䜓内に導入されおいるワむダガむドに倖挿しお導入される堎合は、管状郚材の通路に補匷甚スタむレットを随意的に維持しお、導入䞭の装眮の剛性を高め、及び又は偎郚アクセスポヌトのような管状郚材の開孔を暪断させおねじれを防ぐ効果が発揮できるようにしおもよい。   In another aspect of the invention, the primary access device is an elongate engagement member configured to releasably engage a wire guide in or near the coupling region (eg, a distal passage of the tubular member). Is further included. Embodiments include a flexible wire stopper (eg, a nylon stylet) that is configured to wedge the wire guide within the passageway when in a fully advanced position, and snare the wire guide. Using a thread-like member (e.g., a suture) that provides tension to maintain the tube member in a fixed position longitudinally relative to the tubular member. If an elongated engagement member is not used at the time of introduction, for example when the secondary access device is introduced by extrapolation into a wire guide already introduced into the body, a reinforcing stylet is optionally provided in the passage of the tubular member. It may be maintained to increase the rigidity of the device being introduced and / or to traverse the opening of a tubular member, such as a side access port, to prevent twisting.

本発明の曎に別の態様では、遠隔連結解陀装眮のシステム又は超ショヌトワむダ技法は、プラスチック補の管状排液ステントの送出カテヌテルず、回の挿管凊眮を䜿甚しお胆管内に耇数のステントを䞊べるこずを可胜にする配眮技法を含んでいる。ステントの遠䜍偎の地点で偎郚アクセスポヌトを内偎搬送郚材これに倖挿しおステントが取り付けられるに配眮するこずにより、ワむダガむドを管内で連結解陀し、凊眮䞭にワむダを含めシステム党䜓を匕き抜く必芁無しにステントを配眮するこずができるようになる。内偎搬送郚材ずワむダガむドの間の接合郚は、内偎郚材が匕き戻されるずきにステントを「キャッチ」するのに奜郜合に䜿甚され、こうしおステントを含め送出システム党䜓を管内で匕き戻すこずができるようになっおいる。この機構は、他の送出システムには無いものであるが、ステントを管の奥たで前進させすぎお配眮盎しが必芁ずなる状況に察凊するのに特に重芁である。ステントが正しく配眮されるず、内偎搬送郚材は前進させられ及び又はワむダガむドが匕き抜かれお぀の装眮が連結を解陀され、第のステント送出カテヌテル及び远加ステントが管内ぞず前進しお第ステントの暪に沿っお配眮されるようにワむダガむドを埌に残したたた、内偎搬送郚材を、ステントを通しそしお管から匕き抜くこずができるようになる。豚の尟型ステント、及び錚着甚の成圢された遠䜍郚分を含んでいるその他ステントは、送出の間は連結領域を暪断するワむダガむドにより䞀時的にたっすぐにするこずができる。   In yet another aspect of the present invention, the remote decoupler system or ultrashort wire technique uses a plastic tubular drainage stent delivery catheter and a single intubation procedure to place multiple stents in the bile duct. Includes placement techniques that allow them to be lined up. The entire system, including the wire during the procedure, disengages the wire guide by placing the side access port on the inner delivery member (to which the stent is attached by extrapolation) at a point distal to the stent. The stent can be placed without the need to pull out. The joint between the inner delivery member and the wire guide is advantageously used to “catch” the stent when the inner member is pulled back, thus allowing the entire delivery system, including the stent, to be pulled back in the tube. ing. This mechanism is not present in other delivery systems, but is particularly important in dealing with situations where the stent is advanced too far into the tube and repositioning is required. When the stent is correctly positioned, the inner delivery member is advanced and / or the wire guide is withdrawn, the two devices are disconnected, and the second stent delivery catheter (and additional stent) is advanced into the tube. The inner delivery member can then be pulled through the stent and from the tube, leaving behind the wire guide to be placed alongside the first stent. Porcine tail stents, and other stents that include a molded distal portion for heel wear, can be temporarily straightened by a wire guide that traverses the connecting region during delivery.

本発明の曎に別の態様では、内芖鏡のチャネル内にあっお内芖鏡の先端の呚りでワむダガむドを係合しおいるか、内芖鏡に装着されおたたは内芖鏡ず共圚しおワむダガむドを沿わせお係合しおいる、内芖鏡及びガむドワむダ搬送機構を䜿甚しお、ワむダガむドを患者の口から通しお䞋方に匕く又は送るこずによっお配眮するこずができる。胃食道接合郚のような治療郚䜍が可芖化され、内芖鏡の近䜍郚分にある目盛暙識を䜿っお患者口郚たでの距離が枬定される。ワむダガむドは、ワむダガむド搬送機構に連結されたたたで、治療郚䜍を越えお既知の距離䟋えば、進められお胃の䞭に入り、そこで凊眮に続いお連結解陀が行われる。ワむダガむドは、接合郚のような治療郚䜍に察する既知の基準点䟋えば、の地点に圚る基準マヌクを含んでいる。ワむダガむドの近䜍郚は、異なる色の垯、あるいは接合郚の基準マヌクたでの特定の距離を瀺す異なる数字又は型匏のマヌク通垞は非数字衚瀺を䜿甚を有する間隔䟋えばなどの目盛り暙識を含んでいるのが奜たしい。ワむダガむドを定䜍眮に眮いお、接合郚のような所望の治療郚䜍に䞀次アクセス装眮を案内し配眮するため、斜術者は、拡匵噚、バルヌン、アカラシアバルヌンなどの䞀次アクセス装眮の近䜍郚にある暙識をワむダガむド䞊の察応する暙識ず敎合させながら、装眮を前進させる。より倧きい拡匵噚のような二次アクセス装眮が必芁な堎合は、第装眮をワむダに倖挿しお胃の䞭に前進させお連結を解陀し、ワむダに倖挿しお送られる次の装眮がワむダを利甚できるようにする。内芖鏡の倖偎でワむダを搬送しお空腞又は他の胃食道系郚䜍も含みうる治療郚䜍たで進めるこずによっお、患者䜓内での内芖鏡の操䜜性を確保するずいう利点を残し぀぀、内芖鏡の付属チャネルよりも倧きな装眮を配眮するための手段が奜適に提䟛される。   In yet another aspect of the present invention, the wire guide is engaged within the endoscope channel and around the distal end of the endoscope or attached to the endoscope (or coexisting with the endoscope). Using an endoscope and guide wire transport mechanism engaged along the wire guide, the wire guide can be placed by pulling or feeding it down through the patient's mouth. A treatment site, such as a gastroesophageal (GE) junction, is visualized and the distance to the patient's mouth is measured using tick marks on the proximal portion of the endoscope. The wire guide remains connected to the wire guide delivery mechanism and is advanced a known distance (eg, 10 cm) beyond the treatment site into the stomach where the connection is released following the procedure. The wire guide includes a fiducial mark at a known fiducial point (eg, a 10 cm point) relative to the treatment site, such as a GE junction. The proximal portion of the wire guide may be a different colored band or a spacing (eg, 5 cm) with different numbers or types of marks (usually using non-numerical markings) indicating a specific distance to the reference mark at the GE junction It is preferable to include a scale mark. To place and guide the primary access device to the desired treatment site, such as a GE junction, with the wire guide in place, the practitioner is placed proximal to the primary access device, such as a dilator, PDT balloon, achalasia balloon, etc. The device is advanced while aligning the markings on the part with the corresponding markings on the wire guide. If a secondary access device, such as a larger dilator, is needed, the first device is extrapolated into the wire and advanced into the stomach to release the connection, and the next device that is extrapolated to the wire is sent to the wire. To be available. Endoscopes have the advantage of ensuring the operability of the endoscope within the patient by transporting the wire outside the endoscope and proceeding to a treatment site that can also include the jejunum or other gastroesophageal system sites Means are preferably provided for positioning the device larger than the accessory channel of the mirror.

以䞋、本発明の実斜圢態を、添付図面を参照しながら䞀䟋ずしお説明する。   Embodiments of the present invention will be described below as an example with reference to the accompanying drawings.

ロングワむダ又は暙準的ショヌトワむダ亀換手順を䜿甚するこずなく、患者䜓内で第の医療装眮をワむダガむドから遠隔的に連結解陀するこずにより、䞀連の医療装眮をワむダガむドに倖挿しお患者䜓内に導入するための実䟋的なシステムず方法を図から図に瀺しおいる。本システムの第の代衚的実斜圢態を図及び図に瀺しおいるが、このシステムは、図瀺の管状郚材又は− 登録商暙カテヌテルりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクに䌌た特城を含んでいるカテヌテルなどの第の现長い医療装眮を備えおおり、このカテヌテルは、第の遠䜍端装眮の遠䜍端に向いおいるず、第の近䜍端ず、暙準盎埄の亀換ワむダガむド䟋えば、登録商暙ワむダガむドりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンク又は第の现長い医療装眮ず連結するのに適した他の案内装眮を受け入れる寞法圢状に䜜られた盞互接続通路ずを有する連結領域ず、を曎に含んでいる。連結領域は、䞀般的には管状郚材第の现長い医療装眮の遠䜍郚の蟺りに䜍眮しおおり、䞻芁通路の遠䜍郚ず図瀺のように䞀臎しおいおもよいし、それずは別であっおもよい。第の现長い医療装眮の遠䜍郚ずワむダガむドの遠䜍郚は、連結領域を介しお前者が埌者に係合しおいるが、医療凊眮ずそれに続く䞡装眮の連結解陀が行われる間、斜術郚䜍内に配眮されおいる各郚ずしお、通垞定矩される。本開瀺では、斜術郚䜍は、孔、管、噚官、血管、他の䜓内通路䜓腔、又はそれらに至る経路であっお、特定の医療凊眮手術又は䞀連の凊眮を行うためにワむダガむドアクセスが維持される堎所、ず定矩される。䟋えば、胆管系に関わる凊眮では、斜術郚䜍は、膵管及び肝葉内ぞず䌞匵しおいる管を含む総胆管ずみなされる。   By remotely uncoupling the first medical device from the wire guide within the patient without using a long wire or standard short wire replacement procedure, the series of medical devices can be extrapolated to the wire guide and into the patient. Illustrative systems and methods for implementation are shown in FIGS. A first exemplary embodiment of the system is shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, which system is shown in the illustrated tubular member 77 or GLO-TIP II® E.E. R. C. P. A first elongate medical device 10, such as a catheter that includes features similar to a catheter (Wilson-Cook Medical Ink), which includes a first distal end 75 (facing the distal end of the device). A second proximal end 76 and a standard diameter exchange wire guide 11 (eg, METRO® wire guide; Wilson-Cook Medical Inc.) or first elongate medical device 10. And an interconnecting region 14 having an interconnecting passage 31 sized and configured to receive other guide devices suitable for. The connection region 14 is generally located around the distal portion 13 of the tubular member 77 (first elongate medical device 10) and coincides with the distal portion of the main passage 27 (as shown). It may be, or it may be different. The distal portion 13 of the first elongate medical device and the distal portion 60 of the wire guide are engaged by the former with the latter via the connecting region 14, but the medical procedure and subsequent uncoupling of both devices are performed. While it is, it is usually defined as each part arranged in the treatment site. In the present disclosure, a surgical site is a hole, tube, organ, blood vessel, other body passage / body cavity, or a route leading to it, with wire guide access to perform a specific medical procedure / surgery or series of procedures. Defined as the place to be maintained. For example, in procedures involving the bile duct system, the site of treatment is considered the common bile duct, including the pancreatic duct and ducts extending into the liver lobe.

連結領域は、第の现長い医療装眮を、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお連結された状態で斜術郚䜍に共に順次又は䞀緒に導入できる䟋えば、ワむダガむドが第装眮の通路を通るように構成されおおり、ワむダガむドず管状郚材が患者身䜓又は内芖鏡を出るずきには、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚が通路を出お管状郚材の倖に出るようになっおいる。これにより、医垫は、埓来型のショヌトワむダ亀換又は迅速亀換ず同様、ワむダの制埡がしやすくなる。図及び図に瀺す連結領域の第端は、管状郚材内に遠䜍開口郚を備えおおり、第端は、管状郚材の偎壁を暪断し䞔぀管状郚材の遠䜍端から玄に䜍眮しおいる偎郚アクセスポヌト又は開孔を備えおいる。図瀺の連結領域は、䞻ワむダガむド通路の遠䜍郚を備えおいる連結領域通路ずずもに、第の现長い医療装眮の遠䜍郚に配眮されおいる。連結領域の長さの範囲、即ち现長い郚材の偎郚アクセスポヌト又は第端ず遠䜍端の間の距離は、連結解陀点が、斜術郚䜍内で遠隔的に連結を解陀できるだけ装眮の遠䜍端に近ければ、装眮及び甚途に埓っお倉えおもよい。ずいう距離は、連結解陀に必芁な盞察的な運動のために、倚くの事䟋においお、十分な䜙地を確保する、ずいった管の解剖孊的制玄に適合する䞀方で、䞍慮の連結解陀を防止する十分な長さを提䟛しおいる点で、本発明の倚くの胆道系装眮にずっお奜郜合な連結領域長である、ず刀断されおいる。   The connection region allows the first elongate medical device 10 to be introduced together (sequentially or together) to the treatment site while being extrapolated and connected to the wire guide. When the wire guide 11 and the tubular member exit the patient body or endoscope, the proximal portion 59 of the wire guide exits the passage and out of the tubular member 77. Yes. This makes it easier for the physician to control the wire, similar to conventional short wire replacement or quick replacement. The first end 75 of the coupling region 14 shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 includes a distal opening 19 in the tubular member 77, and the second end 76 crosses the sidewall of the tubular member 77 and the tubular member. There is a side access port 15 or aperture located approximately 6 cm from the distal end 12. The illustrated connection region 14 is disposed in the distal portion 13 of the first elongate medical device 10 with a connection region passage 31 comprising the distal portion of the main wire guide passage 27. The range of the length of the connection region 14, ie the distance between the side access port 15 (or second end 76) of the elongate member 10 and the distal end 12, is determined by the disconnection point being remotely connected within the treatment site. As long as it is as close to the distal end of the device as possible, it may vary according to the device and application. The distance of 6 cm prevents inadvertent disconnection while meeting the anatomical constraints of the tube, in many cases ensuring sufficient room for the relative movement required for disconnection. It has been determined that this is a convenient connection region length for many biliary devices of the present invention in that it provides a sufficient length.

胆道系に適甚する堎合、連結領域長の範囲は未満䟋えばリングから少なくずもの間であっおよい。殆どの装眮にずっお曎に奜適な長さの範囲は玄からであり、最適範囲は玄からである。膵管甚の装眮では、利甚可胜な距離が短めのずきは、偎郚アクセスポヌトから遠䜍端たでの理想的な距離はからである。曎に空間が狭い䜓腔内での䜿甚を意図した装眮では、亀換を成功裏に達成するため、装眮の先端郚に極めお隣接させお又は正にその箇所に、偎郚アクセスポヌトを配眮する必芁がある。他方、ある皮の血管凊眮のようにワむダガむドアクセスを倱うこずがそれほど問題ではない凊眮の堎合、及び腞管のように長い通路で䜜業する堎合には、偎郚アクセスポヌトず連結領域を蚭ける箇所に関しおは曎に倚くの遞択肢がある。   When applied to the biliary system, the range of the connecting region length may be between less than 1 cm (eg a ring) and at least 15 cm. A more preferred length range for most devices is about 3 cm to 10 cm, with an optimum range of about 5 cm to 7 cm. For devices for the pancreatic duct, the ideal distance from the side access port 15 to the distal end 12 is 2 to 5 cm when the available distance is short. In addition, for devices intended for use in tighter body cavities, a side access port 15 must be placed very adjacent to or exactly at the tip 12 of the device to achieve a successful exchange. There is. On the other hand, for procedures where losing wire guide access is not a significant problem, such as certain vascular procedures, and when working with long passages, such as the intestine, side access ports 15 and connecting regions 14 are provided. There are many more options for the location.

図瀺の偎郚アクセスポヌトは、通垞カテヌテル幅の玄からを有する半円圢断面図で、又は䞊から芋た堎合は卵圢の開口郚を備えおいるが、ワむダガむドの通路を通せる寞法たたは圢状であればどの様な開口でもよい。少なくずもワむダガむド出口ポヌト偎郚アクセスポヌトの呚蟺領域内で、管状郚材を暪切る、そこに接着された、埋め蟌たれた、たたは補匷する本か数本のワむダ、シヌス、バンド、ブレヌド、たたは別の手段によっお、偎郚アクセスポヌトの領域を補匷しお、その堎所でのよじれを阻止するこずは、奜郜合ずなりうる。ワむダガむドは、第装眮の遠䜍開口郚から近䜍方向に䌞匵し、通路及び連結領域を、偎郚アクセスポヌトを通っお近䜍方向に出おおり、医垫は、ワむダの近䜍端にアクセスし、必芁に応じお凊眮の間にこれを操䜜し、係止し、又は他のやり方で固定できるようになっおいる。䞊蚘のように、連結領域の距離が比范的短いので、連結装眮を互いに関連させお移動させお互いから係合解陀たたは連結解陀するのに奜郜合である。これは、カテヌテルを固定されたワむダガむドの遠䜍先端郚に向けお前進させるか、カテヌテルからワむダガむドが匕き抜かれ偎郚アクセスポヌト連結領域を抜け出るたでワむダガむドを匕き戻すか、あるいはカテヌテルの前進ずワむダガむドの匕き抜きを組み合わせるこずによっおおこなわれ、そのいずれもワむダガむドが斜術郚䜍䟋えば管内に留たっお、䜓内にあるワむダに倖挿された次の装眮のアクセスを容易にする、ずいう様匏においお奜たしい。   The illustrated side access port 15 is provided with a semi-circular opening (usually in cross-sectional view, or oval when viewed from above) having a normal catheter width of about 1/4 to 1/3, but with a wire Any opening may be used as long as the guide passage is dimensioned or shaped. One or several wires, sheaths, bands, blades, or at least within the peripheral region of the wire guide exit port (side access port) that cross, adhere to, embed, or reinforce the tubular member It may be advantageous to reinforce the area of the side access port 15 by other means to prevent kinking at that location. The wire guide 11 extends proximally from the distal opening 19 of the first device 10 and exits the passageway 31 and the connecting region 14 proximally through the side access port 15, The proximal end of the wire can be accessed and manipulated, locked, or otherwise secured during the procedure as needed. As described above, the distance of the coupling region 14 is relatively short, which is advantageous for moving the coupling devices relative to each other to disengage or decouple from each other. This may either advance the catheter 10 toward the distal tip 25 of the fixed wire guide 11 or pull the wire guide back until the wire guide is withdrawn from the catheter and exits the side access port 15 / connection region 14; Or it can be done by combining the advancement of the catheter and the withdrawal of the wire guide, both of which stay in the treatment site (eg, a tube) and facilitate access to the next device extrapolated to the wire in the body. It is preferable in the mode of doing.

本発明では、倖郚亀換が必芁ずされないため、ワむダガむドの長さを決めるには、遠䜍郚を䟋えば、連結解陀を行うため斜術郚䜍ぞず前進させるための最遠点ず、斜術郚䜍から患者又は内芖鏡の倖偎たで䌞匵する䞭間郚ず、ワむダガむドを定䜍眮に固定するなどの操䜜を斜術者が行うのに十分な長さだけそこから䌞長しおいる近䜍郚図ず、を考慮に入れさえすればよい。図瀺の胆管に係る実斜圢態では、内芖鏡の付属チャネルから最小限の䞔぀適正な䌞匵郚を提䟛するために、ワむダガむドの長さをずしおいるが、他の凊眮ではそれよりも短い又は長い長さが必芁になる堎合もありうる。ワむダガむドの長さは、操䜜、係止又は定䜍眮に固定するのに十分な長さでありさえすればよいが、必芁ならば、遠隔係合解陀が䜕らかの理由で䞍可胜あるいは劥圓ではない堎合など適切な圢状の装眮を甚いなければならない堎合は、近䜍郚の寞法は、奜たしくは埓来のショヌトワむダ亀換手法に適したものにするべきである。ワむダガむドの寞法は、連結領域においお、摩擊を最小限にしお摺動可胜および解攟可胜であるのが奜たしいが、特定の地点からカテヌテルたたはワむダず共に䌞匵しおいる補助装眮がワむダを解攟可胜に係合し固定するメカニズムは本発明の䞀郚ず考えられる。図の連結領域は、通路の遠䜍郚通路を備えおおり、通路の近䜍郚は偎郚アクセスポヌト地点から近䜍方向に䌞匵するルヌメンの連続郚ずなっおいる。代わりに、近䜍偎通路は、近䜍偎通路ぞず連続させるのではなく、偎郚アクセスポヌトのすぐ近䜍偎を可動フラップ、又はプラスチック又は金属のむンサヌトなど氞久的障害物で少なくずも郚分的に遮断又は制限しお、遠䜍開口郚から装填されたワむダガむドが偎郚アクセスポヌトから容易に出るのを助ける案内又は傟斜郚ずしお機胜させおもよい。遮断手段図瀺せずは、流䜓又は他の物質が通路を逆流するこずを制限するのにも圹立぀こずがある。関連する実斜圢態では、ワむダガむド通路は、近䜍方向には偎郚アクセスポヌトたでしか䌞びおおらず、その箇所で終わっおいる。   In the present invention, since no external exchange is required, to determine the length of the wire guide 11, the farthest point for advancing the distal portion 60 to the treatment site (e.g., for decoupling); An intermediate portion 97 extending from the treatment site to the outside of the patient or endoscope, and a proximal portion extending from the length sufficient for the operator to perform operations such as fixing the wire guide in place 59 (FIG. 7) need only be taken into account. In the illustrated bile duct embodiment, the length of the wire guide 11 is 185 cm to provide a minimal and proper extension from the accessory channel of the endoscope, but shorter for other procedures. Or a long length may be required. The length of the wire guide 11 need only be long enough to operate, lock or lock in place, but if necessary (remote disengagement is impossible or reasonable for some reason) If an appropriately shaped device has to be used (such as if not present), the dimensions of the proximal portion 59 should preferably be suitable for conventional short wire replacement techniques. The dimensions of the wire guide 11 are preferably slidable and releasable with minimal friction in the coupling area, but the catheter (or an auxiliary device extending with the wire) from a particular point releases the wire. Possible engagement and fixation mechanisms are considered part of this invention. The connecting region 14 of FIG. 5 comprises the distal portion of the passage 27 (passage 31), with the proximal portion 28 of the passage being a continuous portion of the lumen extending proximally from the side access port 15 point. Yes. Instead, the proximal passage 28 is not continuous to the proximal passage, but just proximal to the side access port 15 (with a movable flap or a permanent obstruction such as a plastic or metal insert). It may be at least partially blocked or restricted to act as a guide or ramp that helps the wire guide loaded from the distal opening 19 to easily exit the side access port. A blocking means (not shown) may also help limit fluid or other material from flowing back through the passage. In a related embodiment, the wire guide passage 27 extends only to the side access port 15 in the proximal direction and ends there.

図ず図の図瀺の連結領域は、膚倧郚オリフィスのような狭い狭窄郚に挿管するのに䜿甚される䞀次アクセス装眮など、管状郚材の遠䜍開口郚から䌞匵するワむダガむドを有するこずが特に奜郜合な甚途には奜適な実斜圢態であるが、ワむダガむドを、これず共に又はこれに倖挿しお導入される装眮に䞀時的に連結できるようにする構造䞊の改造はどのようなものであれ、遠隔連結解陀を目的ずした連結領域の実斜圢態を備えおいるず理解されたい。䟋えば、図は、連結領域が、管状郚材通路の䞀郚ではなく、倖郚連結芁玠又はチャネルを備えおいる本発明の別の実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。図瀺の倖郚チャネルには通路が貫通圢成されおおり、このチャネルは、カテヌテル本䜓ず䞀䜓圢成されるか、或いはカテヌテル本䜓に接着又は他のやり方で取り付けられるかの䜕れでもよい。たた、倖郚チャネルは、管状郚材を取り巻く短いシヌス、プラスチック又は金属のリング、その他ワむダガむドずの連結領域を圢成するこずのできる通路を圢成するどの様な構造を備えおいおもよい。   The illustrated connecting region 14 of FIGS. 4 and 5 is a wire guide 11 extending from the distal opening 19 of the tubular member 77, such as a primary access device used to intubate a narrow constriction such as a bulge orifice. However, what are the structural modifications that allow the wire guide to be temporarily connected to a device that is introduced with or over it? It should be understood that it comprises an embodiment of a connection area 14 intended for remote disconnection. For example, FIG. 6 shows another embodiment of the present invention in which the connection region 14 is not part of the tubular member passage 27 but comprises an external connection element or channel 30. The illustrated external channel 30 has a passage 31 formed therethrough, which can be either integrally formed with the catheter body, or can be glued or otherwise attached to the catheter body. In addition, the outer channel 30 may include any structure that forms a short sheath that surrounds the tubular member 77, a plastic or metal ring, or other passageway 31 that can form a connection region 14 with a wire guide. .

図は、内郚通路を有しおいない装眮甚の倖郚チャネルの或る実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。现長い医療装眮は、ワむダ誘導匏ワむダを備えおおり、連結領域は、ワむダに接着されおいる収瞮包装材料の倖偎スリヌブず、連結領域の第及び第端、の衚瀺噚、ずしお䜜甚し、第スリヌブに接着されおいる攟射線䞍透過性材料からなる内偎スリヌブず、を有する倖偎チャネルを備えおいる。暙準的なワむダガむドむンチの商暙ワむダガむドなどを連結領域を通しお送り、本のワむダを、既に䜓内に導入されおいる管状郚材を通しお斜術郚䜍ぞ前進させるか、又はワむダ誘導ワむダを䜓内に留眮されおいる暙準ワむダガむドこれも管状郚材に連結されおいおもよいの近䜍端に倖挿しお送り、斜術郚䜍ぞ前進させるか、の䜕れかが行われ、斜術郚䜍で連結解陀される。   FIG. 30 illustrates an embodiment of an external channel 30 for a device that does not have an internal passage. The elongate medical device 10 includes a wire-guided wire 111, where the connection region 14 includes an outer sleeve 112 of shrink wrap material adhered to the wire 111 and first and second ends 75, 76 of the connection region 14. An outer channel 30 having an inner sleeve 113 made of a radiopaque material that acts as an indicator 17, 18 and is bonded to the first sleeve 112. A standard wire guide (such as a 0.021 inch METRO ™ wire guide) is fed through the connection area and the two wires are advanced through the tubular member already introduced into the body to the treatment site or the wire The guide wire 111 is extrapolated to the proximal end of a standard wire guide (which may also be connected to a tubular member) placed in the body and sent to advance to the treatment site. The connection is released at the treatment site.

図は、連結領域が連結リングを備えおいる別の実斜圢態を瀺しおおり、この連結リングは、図瀺の実斜圢態では、胆石を捕獲するための実䟋的なワむダ回収バスケットりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクの商暙抜出バスケットの倉曎型のような回収装眮の遠䜍先端郚に取り付けられおいる。図瀺のリングは、その䞭を通っお第装眮に係合するワむダガむドにより良奜に察応できるように、軞回転可胜に䜜られおいるのが望たしい。連結リングは、内郚通路の係合を固定するものずしお蚭けられおいるのではなく、この特定の実斜圢態では、コむル状に巻かれたワむダで䜜られた现長い医療装眮のシャフト郚内に適切な通路を欠いおいるある皮の装眮のためのオプションである。リングは、連結を解陀する際に必芁な装眮間の盞察移動量が最小でよく、斜術郚䜍が短い堎合又は他の解剖孊的構造䞊の制玄に盎面した堎合には有利である。   FIG. 14 shows another embodiment in which the connection region 14 includes a connection ring 63, which in the illustrated embodiment is an illustrative wire collection basket 64 (for capturing gallstones). Attached to the distal tip 74 of a retrieval device 64, such as a modified version of the WEB ™ extraction basket of Wilson-Cook Medical Ink. The illustrated ring 63 is preferably made to be axially rotatable so that it can better accommodate the wire guide 11 that passes through it and engages the first device 10. The coupling ring 63 is not provided to secure the engagement of the internal passage, but in the shaft portion of the elongated medical device 10 (in this particular embodiment, made of coiled wire). This is an option for certain devices that lack proper passages. The ring 63 requires the least amount of relative movement between the devices required to release the connection and is advantageous when the surgical site is short or when other anatomical constraints are encountered.

図から図は、連結領域の、䞀連の代替実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。図は、連結領域が別の芁玠に蚭けられおいる管状郚材を瀺しおおり、この別の芁玠は、図瀺の実斜圢態では、第通路内に滑動可胜に配眮されたシャフト郚を有する现長い係合郚材を備えおおり、管状郚材の遠䜍端から䌞匵し、ワむダガむドを貫通させる第及び第開口郚、を含んでいるカニュヌレ郚を介しおワむダガむドず係合しおいる。现長い係合郚材を第通路内に配眮するこずにより、第通路は、物質を泚入し、又は第ワむダを通すのに䜿える状態にある。図の実斜圢態も、第通路に別の现長い係合郚材を含んでおり、この现長い係合郚材は曎に連結領域を備えおいる。この図瀺の実斜圢態では、现長い係合郚材は、偎郚アクセスポヌトから䌞匵しおおり、ワむダガむドを捕らえお装眮を䞀䜓に連結する遠䜍偎リング又はルヌプを含んでいる。随意的に、連結解陀埌、ルヌプを折りたたんで通路を通しお匕き抜くようにするこずもできる。   FIGS. 31 to 36 show a series of alternative embodiments of the connecting region 14. FIG. 31 shows a tubular member 77 in which the connecting region 14 is provided on another element, which in the illustrated embodiment is a shaft part slidably arranged in the second passage 115. Via a cannula portion 115, which includes an elongated engagement member 89 having 164 and extends from the distal end 12 of the tubular member 77 and includes first and second openings 75, 76 that penetrate the wire guide 11. The wire guide 11 is engaged. By placing the elongated engagement member 89 in the second passage 115, the first passage 27 is ready for injecting material or passing the second wire. The embodiment of FIG. 32 also includes another elongate engagement member 89 in the second passage 115, which further comprises a coupling region 14. In the illustrated embodiment, the elongated engagement member 89 extends from the side access port 15 and includes a distal ring or loop 45 that captures the wire guide and connects the devices together. Optionally, after disconnection, the loop 45 can be folded and pulled through the passage 115.

図は管状郚材であっお、連結領域の第端が郚材の遠䜍端の近䜍偎で終端し、第端が管状郚材の遠䜍端付近に䜍眮する偎郚アクセスポヌトを備えおいる管状郚材を瀺しおいる。ワむダガむドは、最も遠䜍偎の偎郚アクセスポヌト第端から出るずワむダガむドの遠䜍端が先端郚から或る角床に向かうように、連結領域に送り蟌たれる。このような構成になっおいるので、医垫は、管状郚材を回転させお、ワむダガむドの先端郚を、䟋えば、二股に分かれた管又は血管の特定の分枝、ぞず、目暙の方向に容易に向けるこずができる。管状郚材の遠䜍端は、閉じおいおもよいし、又は先端郚付近に、連結領域の第の、即ち連結領域の第端の代わりずなる開口郚を蚭けお、奜たしい堎合には、ワむダガむドが図ず同様の様匏で連結されるようにしおもよい。   FIG. 33 is a tubular member wherein the first end 75 of the connecting region 14 terminates proximal to the distal end 12 of the member and the second end 76 is located near the distal end 13 of the tubular member. A tubular member with an access port 15 is shown. The wire guide 11 is fed into the coupling region 14 so that the distal end 25 of the wire guide 11 is at an angle from the tip 12 when exiting from the most distal side access port (first end 75). . With such a configuration, the doctor rotates the tubular member 77 to move the distal end portion 25 of the wire guide 11 to, for example, a specific branch 48 or 49 of a bifurcated tube or blood vessel. It can be easily turned in the direction of the target. The distal end 12 of the tubular member 77 may be closed or provided with an opening in the vicinity of the tip near the second end of the connecting region, i.e. the first end 75 of the connecting region. Alternatively, the wire guide 11 may be coupled in the same manner as in FIG.

図から図は、ワむダガむドが、連結状態では連結領域に匕っ掛けられるようになっおいる、本発明の実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。図の実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドは、図瀺の「牧矊杖」のようなかぎ状の遠䜍郚を含んでおり、その遠䜍端ず、隣接する遠䜍郚は、偎郚アクセスポヌトを介しお確実に係合を達成するのに必芁なだけ通路内にあっお、管状郚材の連結領域に係合しおいる。ワむダガむドは、通路内で通路ず適床な摩擊係合をする寞法であっお、䞍甚意に倖れるのを防止できるのが奜たしい。図ず図に瀺す関連する実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドの遠䜍偎フック郚は、近傍に攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌ垯を含んでいる管状郚材の遠䜍開口郚に挿入されるように䜜られおいる。図瀺の遠䜍フック郚は、螺旋圢状に熱蚭定させるこずができるニチノヌル又は他の超匟性材料を備えおおり、䞀旊連結領域の通路から係合解陀されるず、事前に蚭定された圢状になるよう、自䜓に巻き぀いお戻り、閉じたルヌプ端を䜜る。このような構造になっおいるので、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお第装眮を戻す際、フック郚分に邪魔をされずにすむ。随意的に、管状郚材は、装眮を䞀䜓化しお斜術郚䜍ぞ前進させる間、連結されたワむダガむドを少なくずも郚分的に内圚させる、長手方向チャネルか、偎郚アクセスポヌトから近䜍方向に䌞匵する凹郚か、遠䜍開口郚を含んでいおもよい。   FIGS. 34 to 35b show an embodiment of the invention in which the wire guide 11 is adapted to be hooked to the connection region 14 in the connected state. In the embodiment of FIG. 34, the wire guide 11 includes a crooked distal portion 116, such as the illustrated “sheep cane”, whose distal end 25 and adjacent distal portion 60 are side portions. Engage in the connecting region 14 of the tubular member 77 in the passage 27 as much as necessary to reliably achieve engagement via the access port 15. It is preferable that the wire guide 11 has a size that allows proper frictional engagement with the passage 27 in the passage 27 and can prevent the wire guide 11 from being carelessly detached. In the related embodiment shown in FIGS. 35 a and 35 b, the distal hook portion 116 of the wire guide 11 is inserted into the distal opening 19 of the tubular member 77 that includes a radiopaque marker band 17 in the vicinity. It is made so that. The illustrated distal hook portion 116 comprises nitinol or other superelastic material that can be heat set to a helical shape 117 and is pre-set once disengaged from the passage 31 in the connection region 14. It wraps around itself back to form a closed shape, creating a closed loop end 118. Since it has such a structure, the hook portion 116 can be kept out of the way when the second device is returned to the wire guide 11 by returning it. Optionally, the tubular member 77 is a longitudinal channel or proximally from the side access port 15 that at least partially contains the connected wire guide 11 while the device is integrated and advanced to the treatment site. An extending recess or a distal opening 19 may be included.

管状郚材をワむダガむドに連結する方法の別の実斜圢態を図から図に瀺しおおり、管状郚材は、䞀察の同軞郚材、を備えおおり、その各郚材は、連結領域の党長遠䜍端から偎郚アクセスポヌトに亘っお䌞匵するスロット状の開口郚又はチャネル、を含んでいお、互いに敎列するず、ワむダガむドを開攟通路から暪方向に倖せるようになっおおり、敎列しおいないずきには内偎及び倖偎のシヌス郚材の䞀方によっお閉鎖されおいる。内偎及び倖偎郚材、の近䜍郚図瀺せずは、医垫が連結を解陀するのに、回転敎列がい぀生じたのかを刀定できるように近䜍偎マヌキング又は構造を含んでいるのが望たしい。代わりに、スロット、は、互いに重なるず、又は他の䜕らかのやり方で敎列するず、敎列によっおワむダガむドず通路の連結解陀が可胜になったこずを攟射線撮圱的に衚瀺する、長手方向に䌞匵する攟射線䞍透過性の瞞を含んでいおもよい。   Another embodiment of a method for connecting the tubular member 77 to the wire guide 11 is shown in FIGS. 36 to 37, wherein the tubular member comprises a pair of coaxial members 100, 119, each member being a connecting region. 14, including slotted openings or channels 120, 121 extending across the entire length (distal end 12 to side access port 15), when aligned with each other, guide wire guide 11 laterally from open passage 31. When it is not aligned, it is closed by one of the inner 119 and outer 100 sheath members. Proximal portions (not shown) of the inner and outer members 100, 119 include proximal markings or structures so that the physician can determine when rotational alignment has occurred to disengage. Is desirable. Instead, the slots 120, 121 extend longitudinally when they overlap each other or are aligned in some other manner, indicating that the alignment has allowed the wire guide and passage 31 to be disconnected. Radiopaque stripes may be included.

䞊蚘連結領域の実斜圢態は、カテヌテルずワむダガむドを䞀䜓に連結しお䜜業郚䜍に誘導する堎合に、圓業者が遞択するこずのできる倚くのオプションを単に䟋瀺する目的で瀺したものであり、その遞定は、凊眮及び䜿甚される装眮の性質に圱響を受ける。他の遞択される実斜䟋ずしおは、限定するわけではないが、ワむダを捕捉するためカテヌテルに沿っお又はカテヌテルを通しお䌞匵する解攟可胜又は砎断可胜な瞫合糞又はワむダ、䞡装眮に蚭けられ、互換性があり連結可胜である面構造又は芁玠、䞀時的な又は剥離可胜な結合剀又は接着剀、磁石、あるいは぀の医療装眮を䞀時的に連結する他の手段などがある。   The embodiment of the connection region 14 is shown merely for the purpose of illustrating many options that can be selected by those skilled in the art when the catheter and wire guide are connected together and guided to the working site. The choice is influenced by the nature of the treatment and the equipment used. Other selected embodiments include, but are not limited to, releasable or breakable sutures or wires that extend along or through the catheter to capture the wire, compatible with both devices. And surface structures or elements that can be connected, temporary or peelable binders or adhesives, magnets, or other means for temporarily connecting two medical devices.

遠隔連結解陀のために䜜られた装眮は、臚床医が、所䞎の装眮ず、特定の凊眮のためにこの装眮が䞀時的に連結されるワむダガむド又は誘導郚材ずの間における敎列又は係合の珟圚の状態を刀定するこずができるようにする、敎列衚瀺噚システムを含んでいるのが奜たしい。装眮が斜術郚䜍内で蛍光透芖による誘導を利甚する凊眮においお、戊略的に配眮された攟射線䞍透過性の衚瀺は、装眮の敎列の刀定及び連結が解陀された確認の奜郜合な手段を提䟛する。本発明では、画像化可胜マヌカヌが具䜓的に特定の皮類のものである必芁はない。䟋えば、攟射線䞍透過性垯又は他のマヌカヌの代わりに超音波反射性マヌカヌを䜿甚しおもよい。たた、マヌカヌの個数及び配眮は重芁ではない。本発明の敎列衚瀺噚システムは、第の现長い装眮ずワむダガむドが、䞡装眮の連結が斜術郚䜍内で解陀されたこずを衚瀺するために、倖郚画像法、盎接芳察法倖郚から又は内芖鏡による、觊芚法、あるいは音声又は芖認アラヌムセンサ䟋えば、装眮の近䜍端付近に眮かれた衚瀺灯が䜜動を介しお医垫を案内する、所定の又は事前に調敎された方法又は手段を含んでいる、任意適圓なシステムを備えおいおもよい。   A device made for remote disconnection allows a clinician to align or engage between a given device and a wire guide or guide member to which the device is temporarily connected for a particular procedure. Preferably, it includes an alignment indicator system that allows the current state of the display to be determined. In procedures where the device utilizes fluoroscopic guidance within the surgical site, the strategically placed radiopaque indication provides a convenient means of determining device alignment and confirming that it has been disconnected. In the present invention, the imageable marker need not be of a particular type. For example, ultrasound reflective markers may be used instead of radiopaque bands or other markers. Also, the number and placement of markers is not important. The alignment indicator system of the present invention allows the first elongate device 10 and the wire guide 11 to display an external imaging method, a direct observation method (from the outside) to indicate that the connection between both devices has been released within the treatment site. Predefined or pre-adjusted, which guides the doctor via tactile methods, or by sound or visual alarm sensors (eg, an indicator light placed near the proximal end of the device is activated) Any suitable system including methods or means may be provided.

ここで図及び図を参照するず、斜術郚䜍内で第装眮ずワむダガむドの連結を解陀する手順は、第装眮ずワむダガむドそれぞれの遠䜍郚、付近に第暙識システムを远加配眮するこずにより、倧幅に容易になる。この暙識システムは、第装眮がワむダガむドずい぀連結し、ワむダガむドが連結領域をい぀通過しお出たか、医垫又は斜術者を蛍光透芖鏡䞋で芖芚的に案内する、䞀連の攟射線䞍透過マヌカヌを備えおいる。盎接芖認芳察䞋で行える亀換手順は比范的少ないので、遠䜍偎暙識は、通垞、䞀連の倖郚画像化可胜垯、マヌキング、あるいはむリゞりム、プラチナ、タングステン、金、バリりム、タンタラムなどの攟射線䞍透過性高密床材料を備えるその他の暙識を含んでいる。暙識は、通垞は他の攟射線䞍透過性暙識たたや構造ず盞察的に敎列するに䟿利な、装眮の望たしい箇所に、重ね眮き、接着、又は内蔵される。図瀺の第又は遠䜍偎暙識システムは、第の现長い医療装眮管状郚材ずワむダガむドの双方に䞀連の攟射線䞍透過性マヌキングを備えおおり、管状郚材の遠䜍端又は連結領域の第端付近に蚭けられた随意的な遠䜍偎画像化可胜マヌキング、偎郚アクセスポヌトの近傍か぀遠䜍偎に蚭けられた近䜍偎画像化可胜マヌキング、及びワむダガむドの遠䜍端又は遠䜍郚付近に蚭けられた遠䜍偎画像化可胜郚又はマヌカヌがこれに含たれる。図に瀺す遠䜍偎マヌキングは、カテヌテルシャフトずの察比に十分な攟射線䞍透過性を有する攟射線䞍透過性むンクを含んでおり、図瀺の実斜圢態では、カテヌテルシャフトもたた、基材のポリマヌに硫酞バリりム又は他の適圓な材料を添加するこずにより攟射線䞍透過性ずされおいる。近䜍偎画像化可胜マヌキングは、偎郚アクセスポヌトを含んでいる開孔の遠䜍端に隣接したカテヌテル衚面に糊付け又は他のやり方で取り付けられたむリゞりム又はプラチナの垯を備えおいる。この垯は、管状郚材に取り付けられたずき十分に察比できるほどの攟射線䞍透過性を備え、管状郚材もたた、攟射線䞍透過性物質又は顔料を含んでいおもよい。図では、管状郚材の遠䜍偎攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌは、連結領域偎郚アクセスポヌトの近䜍端の垯ず同様の垯を備えおいる。図瀺の遠䜍偎攟射線䞍透過性ワむダガむド郚図は、プラチナ、又はタングステンや金など別の攟射線䞍透過性物質から成るコむルばねを備えおいる。攟射線䞍透過性充填材又はむンクの利甚は、攟射線䞍透過性ワむダガむド先端郚を補䜜するための手段ずしおも考えるこずができる。攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌを連結領域の第端付近に配眮するず、奜郜合にも目暙点を䟛絊するこずになり、医垫は、ワむダガむドの攟射線䞍透過性先端郚がその付近を通過し係合が解陀されたかを知るこずができる。図瀺の実斜圢態では、マヌカヌは、通垞、偎郚アクセスポヌトの近䜍偎にこれず隣接しお蚭けられるが、ワむダガむドず敎列させるのに有甚な任意適圓な䜍眮に配眮するこずができ、図に瀺すようにポヌト付近又はポヌトず敎列させお配眮しおもよい。代わりに、マヌカヌは、偎郚アクセスポヌトに隣接する区域に制限されず、連結領域党長に亘っお䌞匵する攟射線䞍透過性の瞞又はスリヌブを備えおいおもよい。そのような実斜䟋の぀を図に瀺しおおり、ここでは、図瀺の金属補連結甚カニュヌレは、プラチナ又はむリゞりムのような攟射線䞍透過性に優れた物質を含んでいる。図ず図の実斜圢態では、連結領域は、連結リングを備えおおり、このリングは、医垫が、ワむダガむドの攟射線䞍透過性の遠䜍郚がい぀リングを通過しお係合が解陀されたかを刀断するための助けずなるように、より䞀局の攟射線䞍透過性を有するこずが望たしい。   4 and 5, the procedure for releasing the connection between the first device 10 and the wire guide 11 in the treatment site is performed near the distal portions 13 and 60 of the first device 10 and the wire guide 11, respectively. The additional placement of one sign system 16 makes it much easier. This marking system is a series of radiation non-transmissions that visually guide the physician or practitioner under a fluoroscope when the first device is coupled with the wire guide and when the wire guide has passed through the coupling region 14. A transparent marker is provided. Because there are relatively few replacement procedures that can be done under direct visual observation, the distal marker 16 is typically a series of external imageable bands, markings or radiopaques such as iridium, platinum, tungsten, gold, barium, tantalum, etc. Other labels with sexual (high density) material are included. The label is usually overlaid, glued, or incorporated at the desired location of the device, which is convenient to align with other radiopaque labels or structures. The illustrated first (or distal) marking system 16 includes a series of radiopaque markings on both the first elongate medical device 10 (tubular member 77) and the wire guide 11, and the distal end of the tubular member. Optional distal imageable marking 17 provided near the distal end 12 (or first end 75 of the connecting region), proximal imaging provided near and distal to the side access port 15 This includes a possible marking 18 and a distal imageable portion 26 or marker provided near the distal end 25 or distal portion 60 of the wire guide 11. The distal marking 17 shown in FIG. 4 includes a radiopaque ink that is sufficiently radiopaque for contrast with the catheter shaft, and in the illustrated embodiment, the catheter shaft is also a substrate polymer. It is rendered radiopaque by adding barium sulphate or other suitable material. Proximal imageable marking 18 comprises a band of iridium or platinum glued or otherwise attached to the catheter surface adjacent to the distal end of the aperture containing the side access port 15. The band is sufficiently radiopaque when attached to the tubular member, and the tubular member may also include a radiopaque material or pigment. In FIG. 5, the distal radiopaque marker 17 of the tubular member 77 comprises a band similar to the band 18 at the proximal end 76 of the connection region (side access port 15). The illustrated distal radiopaque wire guide 26 (FIG. 5) includes a coil spring made of platinum or another radiopaque material such as tungsten or gold. The use of a radiopaque filler or ink can also be considered as a means for making the radiopaque wire guide tip 26. Positioning the radiopaque marker 18 near the second end 76 of the connection region 14 advantageously provides a target point, and the physician passes the radiopaque tip 26 of the wire guide past it. It is possible to know whether the engagement has been released. In the illustrated embodiment, the marker 18 is typically provided proximally and adjacent to the side access port, but can be placed in any suitable location useful for alignment with the wire guide; As shown in FIG. 6, it may be arranged near the port or aligned with the port. Alternatively, the marker 18 is not limited to the area adjacent to the side access port and may comprise a radiopaque stripe or sleeve that extends over the entire length of the connection region. One such embodiment is shown in FIG. 31, where the illustrated metal coupling cannula 114 includes a radiopaque material such as platinum or iridium. In the embodiment of FIGS. 14 and 32, the coupling region 14 includes a coupling ring 63 that allows the physician to engage when the radiopaque distal portion 26 of the wire guide passes through the ring. It would be desirable to have more radiopacity to help determine if the bond has been lifted.

暙識の第のシステム又は型を図及び図に瀺しおいるが、これは、装眮の遠䜍郚が斜術郚䜍内にあるずきに患者の䜓倖にある第装眮管状郚材の近䜍郚に蚭けられおいる。通垞の操䜜では、近䜍偎暙識は、敎列確認の䞀次又は二次手段ずしお、凊眮の間は臚床医が盎接芖認するこずができる。図の胆嚢の実斜圢態では、近䜍偎暙識は、管状郚材の呚囲に蚭けられた暙識を備えおおり、望たしくは管状郚材の色又は暡様ず察比を成す色又は暡様であり、カテヌテルの遠䜍先端郚から枬定しお第又は遠䜍端からマヌク第又は近䜍端たで䌞匵する、䞀連の印字された垯を含んでいる。第端は、ワむダガむド䞊に䜍眮する察応する近䜍偎敎列マヌクずの敎列点を衚しおおり、぀の装眮、の間の盞察的䜍眮を倉えればすぐに連結が解陀されるこずを瀺す、敎列点を備えおいる。ワむダガむドの近䜍偎敎列マヌクを第端マヌクに向けお䜍眮を倉えるず、぀の装眮は連結解陀が生じる脱離点に到達し、色垯は、曎に䜍眮を倉えるず連結解陀が迫るこずを譊告する圹目を果たしおいる。図の実斜圢態では、近䜍偎暙識は、からたで䌞匵する察比配色の連続した垯を備えおいる。既に述べたように、近䜍偎暙識の䜍眮は特に重芁ではないが、通垞の凊眮䞭に斜術者が芖認できる状態に留たるように構成されおいるのが望たしい。垯は、脱離点たでの盞察接近床を衚瀺する色の段階的移行䟋えば、黄色からオレンゞそしお赀を含んでいおもよい。図瀺の実斜圢態では、暙識垯の近䜍端のマヌクは、第ワむダガむドの通路ぞの入り口地点を備えおいる、随意的な近䜍偎郚アクセスポヌトの遠䜍端付近にあるが、この技法に぀いおは以䞋に説明する。血管、肺、泌尿噚などの凊眮等、胆道系以倖で䜿甚する堎合には、近䜍偎暙識は、カテヌテルの遠䜍先端郚から異なる長さの䜍眮、即ち斜術郚䜍にアクセスするのに芁する距離に関連する適切な䜍眮に蚭けられるこずが倚い。第装眮暙識の長さは、連結領域図に図瀺の長さに察応しおいるのが望たしい。   A second system or type of marker 21 is shown in FIGS. 4 and 8, which is the first device 10 / tubular member that is outside the patient's body when the distal portion 13 of the device is within the treatment site. 77 is provided at the proximal portion 36. In normal operation, the proximal indicator 21 can be viewed directly by the clinician during the procedure as a primary or secondary means of alignment confirmation. In the gallbladder embodiment of FIG. 8, the proximal marker 21 comprises a marker 35 provided around the tubular member 77, preferably in a color or pattern that contrasts with the color or pattern of the tubular member 77. , Including a series of printed bands extending from 160 cm (first or distal end 62) to the 166 cm mark (second or proximal end 61) as measured from the distal tip of the catheter. The first end 62 (160 cm) represents the alignment point with the corresponding proximal alignment mark 37 located on the wire guide and connects as soon as the relative position between the two devices 10, 11 is changed. An alignment point 81 is provided to indicate that is released. When the proximal alignment mark 37 of the wire guide is repositioned towards the second end mark 61, the two devices will reach the detachment point 82 where the disengagement occurs, and the color band will be disengaged when the position is further changed. It plays a role to warn of the impending. In the embodiment of FIG. 4, the proximal marker 21 comprises a continuous band of contrasting color schemes extending from 160 cm to 166 cm. As already mentioned, the position of the proximal marker is not particularly important but is preferably configured to remain visible to the practitioner during normal procedures. The band 35 may include a gradual transition in color (e.g., yellow to orange and red) indicating the relative proximity to the detachment point 82. In the illustrated embodiment, a 166 cm mark at the proximal end of the marker strip 35 is located near the distal end of the optional proximal side access port 20 that provides an entry point to the passage 27 of the second wire guide. However, this technique is described below. When used outside the biliary system, such as in the treatment of blood vessels, lungs, urinary organs, etc., the proximal marker 21 has a different length from the distal tip of the catheter, that is, the distance required to access the treatment site. It is often provided at an appropriate position related to the. Desirably, the length (6 cm) of the first device marker 35 corresponds to the length of the connecting region 14 (shown in FIG. 5).

先に指摘したように、近䜍偎暙識システムの暙識における長さからの領域は、凊眮䞭に臚床医が芖認できるように、ほが垞時、患者及び内芖鏡付属チャネルの倖に出る管状郚材䞊の䜍眮に奜郜合に蚭けられおいる。図瀺の実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドの第敎列点は、図瀺のワむダガむドの遠䜍郚が近䜍郚ず倖芳䞊区別でき異なるように、登録商暙ワむダガむドりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクの螺旋瞞の特城を含んでいる遠䜍郚ず、遠䜍郚及び又は䞭間郚ずは芖認的に察比される異なる色及び又は暡様の収瞮包装又はコヌティングなどの無地配色を備えおいる近䜍郚ずの間の色の倉化により瀺される。代わりに、察比色又はむンク或いは適した材料を、ワむダガむドの倖衚面に適甚しおもよいし、第装眮の点ずの敎列により生じる脱離点を確立する、遠䜍郚ず近䜍郚の間の接合郚の付近の適圓な堎所に぀の垯を貌り付けおもよい。第敎列点は、近䜍偎暙識の遠䜍端ず敎列するず、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端が第装眮管状郚材の遠䜍端ず敎列するように、ワむダガむド䞊に蚭けられる。代わりに、ワむダガむドは、単䞀の狭いマヌキングを第の敎列点に含んでいおもよいし、䟋えば近䜍偎暙識の近䜍端及び遠䜍端、の䞡方に察応する耇数のマヌキングを含んでいおもよい。ワむダガむド及びカテヌテルの近䜍偎暙識は、収瞮包装、むンク、垯、衚面゚ッチング又は他の凊理など、芖認衚瀺噚を提䟛するのに適する任意の手段を備える。   As pointed out above, the 160 cm to 166 cm long region in the sign 35 of the proximal sign system 21 is almost always out of the patient and the endoscopic channel so that it can be viewed by the clinician during the procedure. It is conveniently provided at a position on the exiting tubular member 77. In the illustrated embodiment, the second alignment point 37 of the wire guide is such that the distal portion 160 cm of the illustrated wire guide is visually distinguishable from the proximal portion 25 cm so that the METRO® wire guide (Wilson-Cook) A solid portion such as a shrink wrap or coating of a different color and / or pattern that is visually contrasted with the distal portion 60 and the distal portion 60 and / or the intermediate portion 97, including the spiral feature of the medical ink) Indicated by the color change between the proximal portion 59 with a color scheme. Alternatively, a contrasting color or ink or a suitable material may be applied to the outer surface of the wire guide 11 and establish a detachment point 82 resulting from alignment with the point 61 of the first device 10. One band may be affixed at a suitable location near the junction 37 between 60 and the proximal portion 59. When the second alignment point 37 is aligned with the distal end 62 of the proximal marker 21, the wire guide is such that the distal end 25 of the wire guide is aligned with the distal end 12 of the first device 10 / tubular member 77. 11 is provided. Alternatively, the wire guide may include a single narrow marking at the second alignment point 37, eg a plurality corresponding to both the proximal end and the distal ends 61, 62 of the proximal indicator 21. May be included. The wire guide 11 and proximal indicator 21 of the catheter 10 comprise any means suitable for providing a visual indicator, such as shrink wrap, ink, band, surface etching or other treatment.

敎列の第番目の皮類を図ず図に瀺す。本図では、第及び第の内芖鏡敎列衚瀺噚、が、第の现長い医療装眮又は第カテヌテルなど及びワむダガむドそれぞれの䞭間郚分にあり、それらの遠䜍郚を斜術郚䜍内で前進させるず、第及び第衚瀺噚、が、通垞、ファヌタヌ乳頭ず付属チャネルの遠䜍端の間の芖認可胜区域内にあるように、蚭けられおいる。これにより、管胆管系内で連結解陀がい぀生じたかを刀定するために、斜術者が双方の盞察敎列を監芖するこずができるようになる。図瀺の実斜䟋では、ワむダガむドず第カテヌテル郚材図瀺せずの各遠䜍端は、共に、ファヌタヌ乳頭を暪断しお胆管に入っおいる。第の现長い医療装眮の䞊に、装眮が管ぞず導入される際に芖認できる随意的なマヌキング図に䞀察のプリント垯ずしお図瀺を、蚭けおもよい。マヌクは、第装眮が、管の䞭ぞず最小限の「安党」な又は十分な距離だけ前進したこずを衚瀺するための指針ずしお䜿甚するこずができ、図及び図に瀺すように、このマヌクが芖界から消えおしたうず䞊蚘状態ずなったこずが瀺される。この時点では、内芖鏡敎列衚瀺噚、は、普通は、芖認可胜区域内にある。図では、カテヌテルの第内芖鏡敎列衚瀺噚は、察応する第内芖鏡ワむダガむド衚瀺噚の近䜍偎にあっお、ワむダガむドが第装眮に完党に連結されおいるこず即ち、連結領域を完党に暪断しおいるこずを瀺しおいる。図瀺の方法では、斜術者は、䞭間衚瀺システムを利甚しお、図に瀺すように、第装眮を静止したワむダガむド通垞は、管内でのアクセスを維持するため動かないように係止又は固定されおいるに察しお前進させるこずにより、装眮の連結解陀がい぀生じたかを刀定する。぀の衚瀺噚、が敎列するず、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端は連結領域又は偎郚アクセスポヌトの近䜍端を出お、連結解陀又は係合解陀が行われる。連結解陀䞭に管からワむダガむドアクセスが倱われないようにするための曎なる内芖鏡衚瀺噚ずしお、ワむダガむドの遠䜍郚䟋えば、遠䜍偎に黒色のような異なる配色を甚いお、䞭間郚図に図瀺ず察比させおもよい。ワむダガむドの黒色郚分が乳頭から珟れるのを医垫が芋るず、再挿管しなければならない危険性をできる限り小さくするために、ワむダは管の䞭ぞず戻し進められるこずになる。ただ連結が解陀されおいないが、ワむダガむドの黒色郚が内芖鏡で確認できる堎合には、アクセスを倱う危険性を犯さずに連結解陀が安党に生じるようにするため、ワむダガむドず管状郚材を共に管の䞭ぞず曎に前進させる。   A third type 83 of alignment is shown in FIGS. 26a and 26b. In this figure, first and second endoscope alignment indicators 84, 85 are in the middle portions of the first elongate medical device 10 (or second catheter, etc.) and the wire guide 11, respectively, and their distal ends. As the part is advanced within the treatment site 41, the first and second indicators 84, 85 are usually provided within the viewable area 86 between the papilla 40 and the distal end 87 of the accessory channel. It has been. This allows the practitioner to monitor the relative alignment of both in order to determine when disconnection has occurred in the tube 41 (bile duct system). In the illustrated embodiment, the wire guide and each distal end of the first catheter member (not shown) both enter the bile duct 41 across the fater papilla 40. An optional 10 cm marking 29 (shown as a pair of print bands in FIG. 4) may be provided on the first elongate medical device 10 that is visible when the device is introduced into the tube 41. The 10 cm mark 29 can be used as a guide to indicate that the first device 10 has advanced a minimum “safe” or sufficient distance into the tube, as shown in FIGS. 26a and 26b. As shown, when the 10 cm mark 29 disappears from the field of view, the above state is indicated. At this point, the endoscope alignment indicators 84, 85 are typically in the viewable area 86. In FIG. 26 a, the first endoscope alignment indicator 84 of the catheter is proximal to the corresponding second endoscope (wire guide) indicator 85 so that the wire guide 11 is completely on the first device 10. It is shown that they are connected (that is, completely traversing the connecting area). In the illustrated method, the practitioner utilizes the intermediate display system 83 to move the first device 10 to a stationary wire guide 11 (usually to maintain access within the tube, as shown in FIG. 26b). To determine whether the uncoupling of the device 10 has occurred. When the two indicators 84, 85 are aligned, the distal end of the wire guide exits the proximal end of the connection region or side access port and is disconnected or disengaged. Different color schemes such as black on the distal portion 60 (eg, 6 cm distal) of the wire guide 11 as an additional endoscopic indicator to prevent loss of wire guide access from the tube during disconnection May be used for comparison with the intermediate portion 97 (shown in FIG. 7). When the physician sees the black portion of the wire guide appear from the nipple, the wire will be pushed back into the tube to minimize the risk of having to re-intubate. If the connection has not been released yet, but the black portion 60 of the wire guide can be confirmed with an endoscope, the connection with the wire guide 11 can be safely performed without causing the risk of losing access. The tubular members 77 are further advanced together into the tube.

非芖認敎列システムの実斜䟋を図に瀺す。本図では、ワむダガむドは、連結領域の第端、䟋えば偎郚アクセスポヌトを通過するず、斜術者が䞡者の間の接觊を感じ又は知芚しお、曎に䜍眮を倉えるず連結解陀が迫っおいるこずが瀺されるように、図瀺の珠ビヌズのような衚面の䞍連続郚を含んでいる。図瀺の偎郚アクセスポヌトは、ワむダガむドを自由に通過させるがビヌズが通過するずきに䞀時的に抵抗が生じる倧きさに䜜られた開口郚を含んでいる、可撓性を有するスカヌト郚を備えお構成されおいる。曎に、スカヌト郚は、胆汁、血液、及び空気が管状郚材の通路に挏れ出るのを防ぐのに圹立぀シヌルずしお奜郜合に機胜する。この他の考えられる衚面の䞍連続郚ずしおは、偎郚アクセスポヌト又は連結領域ず共に適切に構成された畝、隆起、歯、窪み、又は粗くされた郚分が含たれ、斜術者に觊芚的なフィヌドバックを提䟛し、それによっお぀の装眮の間の敎列及び係合の状態に察する指針を提䟛する。   An example of a non-visual alignment system is shown in FIG. In this figure, when the wire guide 11 passes through the second end 75 of the coupling region 14, for example, the side access port 15, the practitioner feels or perceives contact between the two, and further disengages when the position is changed. As shown, the surface includes a discontinuity 160 in the surface, such as a bead. The illustrated side access port 15 is flexible, including an opening 159 sized to allow the wire guide 11 to pass freely but temporarily create resistance when the beads 160 pass. A skirt portion 158 is provided. In addition, the skirt 158 advantageously functions as a seal that helps prevent bile, blood, and air from leaking into the passageway of the tubular member. Other possible surface discontinuities include wrinkles, ridges, teeth, depressions, or roughened sections that are appropriately configured with the side access port 15 or connecting region 14 and are tactile to the practitioner. Feedback, thereby providing a guide to the state of alignment and engagement between the two devices.

胆管系内で医療凊眮を行うために䜿甚される内芖鏡装眮は、通垞はオッディ括玄筋に挿管し管にアクセスする凊眮に䜿甚される初期装眮を含む「䞀次アクセス装眮」ず呌ばれるものず、斜術郚䜍内で぀又は耇数の凊眮を行うために䞀次アクセス装眮ず亀換される「二次アクセス装眮」ず、に分けられるのが䞀般的である。本発明の䞀次アクセス装眮の䟋には、管ぞの開口郚を拡倧するために括玄筋を切陀するための括玄筋切陀刀図及び図に図瀺、括玄筋の切陀にも䜿甚される針尖刀図瀺せず、及び攟射線造圱画像化のために管に造圱媒䜓を泚入するようになっおいるカテヌテル図及び図が含たれる。括玄筋切陀刀ず針尖刀は、造圱剀及び他の薬剀の泚入のように、぀又は倚数の機胜又は動䜜を行うように䜜られおもよい。括玄筋切陀刀の䞭には、管を掃匕しお䞭に詰たった結石又は石を取り陀くために䜿甚されるバルヌンを含んでいるものもある。たた、䞀次アクセス装眮ず二次アクセス装眮を兌ねたものずしお䜿甚される、抜出バルヌンのような装眮もある。膵臓胆嚢凊眮では、䞀次アクセス装眮は二次アクセス装眮を亀換されるが、この二次アクセス装眮は、代衚的には、結石の摘出又は砎砕、組織暙本採取、治療甚攟射線又は光線の送出、狭窄郚腫瘍などの拡匵又はステント留眮、又は排液甚のステント留眮のような、治療機胜を果たすように䜜られおいる。二次アクセス装眮が特定の凊眮で䜿甚される最埌の装眮である堎合、遠隔連結解陀に適合させる必芁はないが、少なくずも぀の遠䜍連結領域を備えおいお、延長噚を远加する必芁無しに装眮をショヌトワむダに倖挿しお前進させられるようになっおいるのが望たしい。䞀般的にいえば、ワむダに倖挿しお胆管系ぞず普通に導入されるどの様な二次的アクセス装眮抜出、拡匵、撮圱甚バルヌン、拡匵噚、鉗子、ブラシ、ステント送出カテヌテル、近接照射療法カテヌテル、砕石噚、バスケット、スネアなどでも、装眮の遠䜍郚内に適した連結領域ず、必ずしもずいうわけではないが望たしくは、装眮の連結解陀及び盞察敎列を積極的に確認できるようにするための䞊蚘皮類の暙識システムの少なくずも぀ず、を远加するこずにより、遠隔連結解陀に実質的に適合させるこずができる。   Endoscopic devices used to perform medical procedures within the bile duct system are commonly referred to as “primary access devices”, including the initial devices used for procedures that are intubated into the odddy sphincter and access the tube. Generally, it is divided into “secondary access devices” that are exchanged with primary access devices to perform one or more procedures within the site. Examples of primary access devices of the present invention include a sphincter resection knife (shown in FIGS. 10 and 11) for resecting the sphincter to enlarge the opening to the tube, and a needle knives used also for sphincter resection (Not shown) and an ERCP catheter (FIGS. 4 and 5) adapted to inject contrast media into the tube for radiographic imaging. The sphincter blade and the needle knives may be made to perform two or many functions or operations, such as injection of contrast agents and other agents. Some sphincters include a balloon that is used to sweep the tube to remove clogged stones or stones. There are also devices such as extraction balloons that are used as both primary and secondary access devices. In a pancreatic gallbladder procedure, the primary access device is replaced with a secondary access device, which typically includes removal or crushing of stones, tissue sampling, delivery of therapeutic radiation or light, stenosis. It is designed to perform a therapeutic function, such as expanding or stenting a part (such as a tumor) or placing a stent for drainage. If the secondary access device is the last device to be used in a particular procedure, it does not need to be adapted for remote disconnection, but has at least one distal connection region without the need to add an extender It is desirable to allow the device to be advanced over a short wire. Generally speaking, any secondary access device (extraction, dilation, photographic balloon, dilator, forceps, brush, stent delivery catheter, brachytherapy, etc. that is normally introduced into the bile duct system by extrapolating to the wire Therapy catheters, lithotriptors, baskets, snares, etc.) also allow for positive confirmation of the appropriate connection area within the distal portion of the device and, but not necessarily, the disconnection and relative alignment of the device. By adding at least one of the above three types of marking systems, it can be substantially adapted for remote disconnection.

斜術郚䜍にアクセスしお医療凊眮を行うために、本発明の、䞀次アクセス装眮第の现長い医療装眮、ワむダガむド、及び二次アクセス装眮第の现長い医療装眮を䜿甚する代衚的な方法を図から図に瀺しおいる。図瀺の方法の最初の段階は、蚺断及び治療凊眮を行うために胆管にアクセスするための暙準的な内芖鏡技法を含んでいる。図は、ファヌタヌ乳頭及びオッディ括玄筋を芖認するために口腔を介しお十二指腞に挿入された十二指腞鏡を瀺しおおり、この十二指腞鏡は総胆管ず膵管の開口郚に眮かれおいる。この代衚的な方法では、拡匵噚カテヌテルずワむダガむドは、内芖鏡の付属チャネルから前進しお、斜術郚䜍管内で狭窄郚に挿管される。䞀般的に医垫らは、この凊眮段階で、ワむダガむドは挿管を支揎するため䞀次アクセス装眮の先端郚を通り越しお前進しおいるか、又はワむダガむドの遠䜍端が通路内にあるか、を刀定するのを奜む。図に瀺すように、拡匵噚カテヌテル又は他の二次的アクセス装眮は、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお前進し、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚が偎郚アクセスポヌトを出おカテヌテルに沿っおチャネルを通っお䌞匵するので、図に瀺すように、䞡方が別々に内芖鏡の付属チャネルを出る。内芖鏡のチャネルの倧きさが制限されおいる甚途、又は䞡方の装眮を䞊べお収容する䜙地が限られおいる他の甚途では、党䜓の盎埄を倧きくするこず無くワむダガむドを䞊べお眮けるようにカテヌテルに倉曎を加えおもよい。これは、開攟型のチャネル望たしくはワむダを捕捉しえないものを圢成するこずにより、又はカテヌテル図瀺せずの長さに沿っお平坊な長手方向郚分を䜜るこずにより実珟するこずができる。   In order to access the treatment site 41 and perform a medical procedure, the primary access device (first elongate medical device 10), the wire guide 11 and the secondary access device (third elongate medical device 44) of the present invention are used. A typical method used is shown in FIGS. 9a to 9f. The first stage of the illustrated method includes standard endoscopic techniques for accessing the bile duct 41 for performing diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. FIG. 9a shows a duodenoscope 38 inserted into the duodenum 39 through the oral cavity to view the papilla 40 and the oddy sphincter, which is placed at the opening of the common bile duct 41 and pancreatic duct. Yes. In this exemplary method, the dilator catheter 88 and the wire guide 11 are advanced from the attached channel 38 of the endoscope and intubated into the stenosis within the treatment site 41 (tube). Typically, doctors have indicated that during this procedure, the wire guide 11 has been advanced past the tip of the primary access device 10 to assist intubation or the distal end 25 of the wire guide is in the passage 27. Or prefer to judge. As shown in FIG. 9b, the dilator catheter 10 (or other secondary access device) is advanced over the wire guide 11 and the proximal portion of the wire guide exits the side access port 15 into the catheter. As they extend through the channel along, they both exit the accessory channel of the endoscope separately, as shown in FIG. In applications where the size of the endoscope channel is limited, or in other applications where there is limited room to accommodate both devices side by side, the catheter can be placed side by side without increasing the overall diameter. Changes may be made to. This can be accomplished by forming an open channel (preferably one that cannot capture the wire) or by creating a flat longitudinal section along the length of the catheter (not shown). it can.

これも図に瀺すように、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚は、必ずしもずいうわけではないが、通垞はその遠䜍端が斜術郚䜍内の望たしい䜍眮たで前進したずころで定䜍眮に固定される。図瀺のワむダガむドホルダは、内芖鏡のどこか他の䜍眮に固定されるのではなく、付属チャネルぞのアクセスポヌトの開口郚に䞀郚挿入又は被せられお、シヌルを提䟛するように構成されおいる点で、先行技術の装眮に比べお改善されたものずなっおいる。ホルダは、茪瞁、スリット付の膜䟋えば、ポリスチレン、シリコヌン、又は別の匟性ポリマヌ材、小さい䞭倮ルヌメンを備えた発泡シヌル䟋えば、シリコヌン、ポリりレタンなど、又はカテヌテルずワむダガむドの呚囲を密封しお近䜍方向に移動する流䜓がチャネルから出るのを防ぐ胜力を有する他の蚭蚈を含め、぀又はそれ以䞊の型匏のシヌルを有する随意的な䞀䜓圢成されたシヌル芁玠を曎に含んでいる。ワむダガむドは、図瀺のように亀互に䞊䞋させるやり方を䜿っお、図瀺の曲がった「背骚」のような、装眮の係止郚の䞀方偎に沿っお、間隔を空けお蚭けられた芁玠の間の第の䞀連の空間又はチャネル、溝、スロットなどに通しおワむダガむドを絡たせるこずにより定䜍眮に固定される。図瀺のホルダは、぀のスロット又は空間を係止郚分の第の偎に含んでおり、第の䞀連の぀のスロット又は空間を、凊眮のために第のワむダが必芁になった堎合に察応するため、係止郚分の反察偎に含んでいる。   As also shown in FIG. 12, the proximal portion 59 of the wire guide 11 is not necessarily fixed, but is usually fixed in place when the distal end 25 is advanced to a desired position in the treatment site 41. The The illustrated wire guide holder 50 is not fixed at some other position on the endoscope, but is partially inserted or covered over the opening 52 of the access port 51 to the attached channel to provide a seal. This is an improvement over the prior art devices. The holder 50 can be a ring, a membrane with slits (eg, polystyrene, silicone, or another elastic polymer material), a foam seal with a small central lumen (eg, silicone, polyurethane, etc.), or around the catheter and wire guide And further including an optional integrally formed sealing element having one or more types of seals, including other designs that have the ability to seal and prevent proximally moving fluid from exiting the channel. It is out. The wire guide 11 is a spaced element along one side of the locking portion 66 of the device, such as the bent “spine” shown, using a method of alternating up and down as shown. The wire guide is entangled through a first series of spaces 53 (or channels, grooves, slots, etc.) between and fixed in place. The illustrated holder includes three slots 53 or spaces on the first side of the locking portion 66 so that a second series of three slots 54 or spaces require a second wire for treatment. In order to cope with this situation, it is included on the opposite side of the locking portion 66.

ワむダガむドの近䜍郚が医垫から離れたずころにある他のワむダガむド亀換手法ずは異なり、図瀺の遠隔連結解陀又は超ショヌトワむダ技法に通垞䜿甚されるショヌトワむダは、普通は結果的にワむダガむドの近䜍端が医垫の䜜業区域内に圚るこずになるので、二次装眮を斜術郚䜍ぞ導入する際に、近䜍端ぞ容易にアクセスするこずができる。図瀺のホルダは、ワむダガむドの近䜍端郚を䞋向きに向けお医垫の邪魔にならないように䜜られおいるが、別の装眮をワむダに倖挿しお送る際、近䜍端が固定を解かれおいるずきは、元の圢に戻っお内芖鏡のアクセスポヌトの呚囲の䜜業区域に入り蟌み、凊眮䞭の医垫の邪魔になりかねない。この問題を緩和するため、図には、ワむダガむドの近䜍端郚をワむダの遠䜍郚及び䞭間郚に察しおある角床に向け、近䜍端近䜍端郚分が、通垞は䞋に向き、䞔぀そのように回転させた堎合は斜術者から離れる向きになり、埓っお、内芖鏡のアクセスポヌトの呚囲の䜜業区域から倖れた䜍眮に配眮され、䞀方では、次の装眮を前進させるために医垫が近䜍端にアクセスできるようにもなっおいる、ワむダガむドを瀺しおいる。図瀺の実斜圢態は、ニチノヌル芯ワむダガむドを備えおおり、第の现長い医療装眮をそれに倖挿しお前進させるように、その玄からは内芖鏡から倖に出お近䜍方向に䌞匵しおいるのが䞀般的であり、このワむダガむドでは、曲がり郚即ち撓む䜍眮は、近䜍端から玄乃至に蚭けられおいるのが望たしいが、有甚な範囲はからの間であれば䜕凊でもよい。撓みの有甚角床は、医垫の奜み、内芖鏡ずワむダガむドホルダの構成、及び他の芁因により倉わるが、内芖鏡凊眮では玄床から玄床が䞀般的で、図瀺の実斜圢態では床から床の範囲がより奜適である。曲がり郚をニチノヌルワむダガむドに䜜り出すには、材料を熱硬化させるか、又は機械的に過剰な応力を加え冷間加工お、望たしい撓み角床ず望たしい曲がり郚の半埄䟋えば、小さく比范的鋭利な曲がり郚、又は倧きくおより緩やかなもしくは䞞い曲がり郚を実珟する。   Unlike other wire guide replacement techniques where the proximal portion of the wire guide is remote from the physician, the short wire normally used in the illustrated remote disconnect or ultrashort wire technique typically results in a wire guide. Because the proximal end of the device is within the physician's work area, the proximal end can be easily accessed when the secondary device is introduced to the treatment site. The holder shown is made so that the proximal end of the wire guide faces down and out of the way of the physician, but when the extra device is sent over the wire, the proximal end is unfastened. When it is, it may return to its original shape and enter the work area around the endoscope access port, which may interfere with the treating physician. To alleviate this problem, FIG. 7 shows that the proximal end 59 of the wire guide 11 is oriented at an angle 79 relative to the distal and intermediate portions of the wire so that the proximal end 58 / proximal end portion 59 is , Usually facing down and away from the practitioner (if so rotated), and therefore placed away from the work area around the endoscope access port, A wire guide 11 is shown that also allows the physician access to the proximal end to advance the next device. The illustrated embodiment includes a 185 cm nitinol core wire guide 11, about 40 cm to 45 cm out of the endoscope and proximally so that the third elongate medical device can be advanced over it. In this wire guide, it is desirable that the bend 80, or flexure position, be provided approximately 20 cm to 30 cm from the proximal end, but the useful range is from 0 cm. It may be anywhere as long as it is between 50 cm. The useful angle 79 of deflection will vary depending on the physician's preference, the configuration of the endoscope and wire guide holder, and other factors, but is typically about 30 degrees to about 120 degrees for endoscopic procedures, as shown in the illustrated embodiment. Then, the range of 45 degrees to 90 degrees is more preferable. To create the bend 80 in the Nitinol wire guide 11, the material can be thermoset or mechanically overstressed (cold working) to provide the desired bend angle 79 and the desired bend 80 radius (eg, Small, relatively sharp bends, or larger, more gradual or round bends).

次に、図に瀺すように、ワむダガむドが斜術郚䜍内の望たしい䜍眮たで前進しおしたうず、カテヌテルは、ワむダガむド䞊を、目的の䜜業を実行するための䜍眮ぞず進められ又は匕き戻される。図瀺の方法では、この䜜業には、障害物、぀たりこの具䜓䟋では狭窄郚を芖認できるようにするため管に造圱甚媒䜓を泚入するこずが含たれる。管内の考えられる障害物の蚺断に察するこの他の䞀般的に行われおいる方法は、最初に括玄筋切陀刀図を導入しお造圱甚媒䜓を泚入するやり方である。結石のような障害物が発芋された堎合は、括玄筋を切陀しお、結石を管から抜出するためにバスケット又はバルヌンのような第の装眮を元のワむダガむドに倖挿しお導入する。䜿甚できる凊眮は他にも各皮あるので、䜿甚する装眮の性質ず順序は、本発明にずっおは重芁ではない旚理解されたい。   Next, as shown in FIG. 9c, once the wire guide has been advanced to the desired position within the surgical site, the catheter is advanced or retracted over the wire guide to a position for performing the intended operation. . In the illustrated method, this operation includes injecting a contrast medium 43 into the tube 41 so that an obstacle, in this specific example, a stenosis is visible. Another commonly used method for diagnosing possible obstructions in the tube is to first introduce the sphincterectomy 32 (FIG. 10) and inject the contrast medium 43. If an obstruction such as a calculus is found, the sphincter is resected and a second device, such as a basket or balloon, is extrapolated and introduced into the original wire guide to extract the calculus from the tube. It should be understood that the nature and order of the devices used is not critical to the present invention, as there are various other procedures that can be used.

最初の䜜業が終了するず、第の现長い装眮が管から取り出される。図に瀺すように、斜術者は、カテヌテルずワむダガむド、の遠䜍端同士を、カテヌテルを前進させる図瀺こずによっお向かい合わせに配眮し盎すこずにより、装眮を行っおもよいし、又は、ワむダガむドをワむダガむドホルダから係止解陀し、遠䜍端がカテヌテルから係合解陀されるたで匕き戻すこずによりワむダガむドを行うこずもできる。代わりに、臚床医は、装眮ずワむダガむド、を、ワむダガむドが連結領域を出るたで䞡装眮を同時に動かすこずにより、係合解陀又は連結解陀するこずができるが、䞀般的には、それらを斜術郚䜍内に保ったたた連結解陀が行われる。先に論じたように、カテヌテルの遠䜍郚及びワむダガむドの遠䜍端䞊の画像化可胜衚瀺、は、それぞれ、図に瀺すように係合解陀又は連結が解陀されたこずを蛍光透芖法䞋で確認するために利甚される。連結解陀が斜術郚䜍内で起きたこずを確認するために、図及び図に瀺す近䜍偎暙識及び又は䞭間郚衚瀺図及び図も利甚される。この随意の段階を図に瀺しおいるが、ここで、ワむダガむドは、内芖鏡の生怜ポヌトの開口郚の呚りにポヌトの瞁を芆っお及び又は䞭に挿入されお取り付けられた䟋瀺のワむダガむドホルダ内の係止䜍眮にあり、次いで係合解陀され、぀の装眮、の近䜍偎暙識が敎列できるように䞀次アクセス装眮に隣接する係止解陀䜍眮に配眮される。ワむダガむドの近䜍偎マヌクが䞀次アクセス装眮の敎列マヌクの遠䜍偎に留たっおいる限り、斜術者には、ワむダガむドの遠䜍先端郚が管図瀺せず内でカテヌテルの遠䜍端からただ突き出おいるこずが分かる。぀のマヌク、が敎列状態になるように、ワむダガむドを匕く又は䞀次装眮が前進するず、斜術者は、぀の装眮、の遠䜍端、が管内でほが敎列したこずを知る。斜術者が匕き続きワむダガむドを匕く又はカテヌテルを前進させるず、敎列マヌクは係合解陀マヌクず敎列するが、これは、図瀺の実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端が通路又は連結領域から完党に匕き出され、぀の装眮が管内で連結解陀されたこずを瀺す。   When the first operation is completed, the first elongate device 10 is removed from the tube 41. As shown in FIG. 9d, the practitioner may perform device IDE by repositioning the ERCP catheter and the distal ends of the wire guides 12, 25 face-to-face by advancing the catheter (shown). Alternatively, wire guide IDE can be performed by unlocking wire guide 11 from the wire guide holder and pulling back until distal end 25 is disengaged from the catheter. Alternatively, the clinician can disengage or disengage the device and the wire guides 10, 11 by moving both devices simultaneously until the wire guide 11 exits the coupling region, The connection is released while keeping them in the treatment site 41. As discussed above, the imageable indications 18, 26 on the distal portion 13 of the catheter 10 and the distal end 25 of the wire guide 11 are respectively disengaged or disengaged as shown in FIG. 9e. This is used to confirm this under fluoroscopy. The proximal indicator 21 and / or intermediate display 83 (FIGS. 26a and 26b) shown in FIGS. 4 and 8 are also utilized to confirm that the disconnection has occurred within the treatment site. This optional step is illustrated in FIG. 12, where the wire guide 11 is inserted around (and / or into) the opening 52 of the biopsy port of the endoscope. ) In the locked position 161 in the attached exemplary wire guide holder 50 and then disengaged, the engagement adjacent the primary access device 10 so that the proximal markers 21 of the two devices 10, 11 can be aligned. It is arranged at the stop release position 162. As long as the proximal mark 37 of the wire guide 11 remains distal to the alignment mark 81 of the primary access device 10, the practitioner will have the distal tip of the wire guide catheter in the tube (not shown). It can be seen that it still protrudes from the distal end. When the wire guide 11 is pulled (or the primary device 10 is advanced) so that the two marks 37, 81 are in alignment, the practitioner has the distal ends 12, 25 of the two devices 10, 11 in the tube. Know that they are almost aligned. As the practitioner continues to pull the wire guide 11 or advance the catheter 10, the alignment mark 37 aligns with the disengagement mark 82, which in the illustrated embodiment is that the distal end of the wire guide is channeled or connected. Fully pulled out of the area, indicating that the two devices have been disconnected in the tube.

連結解陀が行われるず、装眮、の䜕れかが第の现長い医療装眮を斜術郚䜍に導入するための導管ずしお利甚できるようになる。図瀺の䟋瀺的な方法では、第の现長い装眮は、ワむダガむドの埌端図瀺せずを拡匵噚カテヌテルの遠䜍開口郚に送り蟌んで偎郚アクセスポヌトから出し、拡匵噚カテヌテルをワむダに倖挿しお内芖鏡の付属チャネル内に、次いで管の䞭ぞ前進させるこずにより、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお導入される拡匵噚カテヌテル図を備えおいる。通垞、斜術者は、第装眮を導入する前に、もう必芁なければ、第装眮を取り出すこずを遞択する。これは、ワむダガむドを䟋えば、図のワむダガむドホルダ内に係止させるなど定䜍眮に維持し぀぀、斜術者が぀の連続動䜜でカテヌテルを管及び内芖鏡のチャネルの倖に匕き出すこずで簡単に行なわれる。第装眮が取り出され、第装眮が斜術郚䜍に進められるず、第医療䜜業䟋えば、狭窄郚の拡匵が行われる。別の䜜業が必芁な堎合は、第のカテヌテル型装眮第の现長い医療装眮を元のワむダガむドに倖挿しお前進させ、以䞋は同様である。   Once disconnected, either of the devices 10, 11 can be used as a conduit for introducing the third elongate medical device into the treatment site. In the exemplary method shown, the third elongate device 44 feeds the rear end 58 (not shown) of the wire guide 11 into the distal opening 19 of the dilator catheter 88 and out of the side access port 15, A dilator catheter 88 (FIG. 9f) is provided that is introduced over the wire guide 11 by advancing the dilator catheter 88 over the wire and advanced into the accessory channel of the endoscope and then into the tube 41. ing. Typically, the practitioner chooses to remove the first device 10 before introducing the third device 44 if it is no longer needed. This allows the practitioner to move the catheter out of the tube and endoscope channel in one continuous motion while keeping the wire guide in place (eg, locked into the wire guide holder 50 of FIG. 12). It is easily done by pulling out. When the first device 10 is removed and the third device 44 is advanced to the treatment site, a second medical operation (for example, expansion of the stenosis) is performed. If another operation is required, the third catheter-type device (fourth elongate medical device) is advanced over the original wire guide 11 and so on.

先に述べたように、装眮をワむダガむドに倖挿しお導入し亀換する本システムは、超ショヌトワむダ法を䜿っお導入され、盞応しく構成された医療装眮を通しおロングワむダガむドを導入できるように適合させるこずができる。他の䟋では、䜓内に導入されおいる超ショヌトワむダは、適合性のない装眮ず共に䜿甚する堎合には、ロングワむダに倉換するのが望たしい。図は、管内亀換甚の偎郚アクセスポヌトの無い埓来型医療装眮「ロングワむダ」、又は幟らか長い倖郚亀換䟋えば、が必芁な埓来型迅速亀換装眮、の䜕れかを甚いる倖郚亀換に察応するために、本システムず共に䜿甚するためのワむダガむド延長噚を瀺しおいる。図瀺のシステムでは、ワむダガむドは、ネゞ山又はワむダのルヌプのような連結機構を近䜍端に含んでおり、これは、ワむダガむド延長噚の遠䜍端に蚭けられた図瀺のフックのような第カプラず係合するように構成されおいる。これは、超ショヌトワむダ亀換甚に蚭蚈されおいない特定の装眮を本システムず共に䜿甚する堎合に、埓来型のワむダに倖挿した亀換が行えるように、ワむダガむドの長さを効果的に延長する。圓業者には容易に理解頂けるように、亀換の目的でワむダガむドを延長するのに適しおいる連結機構には、様々なものがある。それらには、぀の郚分、を䞀時的に又は氞続的に接合できるようにする係止又はねじ機構、シヌス、垯などが含たれる。別のオプションずしおは、ワむダガむドず延長噚を互いに取り付けるために接着性条片又は同様の装眮を䜿甚するこずが考えられる。   As previously mentioned, the present system for extrapolating and replacing a device with a wire guide is introduced using an ultra-short wire method and adapted to allow a long wire guide to be introduced through a properly configured medical device. be able to. In other examples, it is desirable to convert an ultra short wire introduced into the body to a long wire when used with an incompatible device. FIG. 13 uses either a conventional medical device without a side access port for intravascular replacement (“long wire”) or a conventional quick changer that requires a somewhat longer external exchange (eg, 30 cm). A wire guide extender 56 for use with the present system is shown to accommodate external exchange. In the illustrated system, the wire guide 11 includes a coupling mechanism 55 at the proximal end 58, such as a thread or loop of wire, which is shown at the distal end of the wire guide extender 56. It is configured to engage with a second coupler 57 such as a hook. This effectively extends the length of the wire guide so that it can be exchanged over a conventional wire when a specific device not designed for ultrashort wire replacement is used with the system. . As will be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art, there are a variety of coupling mechanisms that are suitable for extending the wire guide for replacement purposes. They include locking or screw mechanisms, sheaths, bands, etc. that allow the two parts 11, 56 to be joined temporarily or permanently. Another option could be to use an adhesive strip or similar device to attach the wire guide 11 and the extender 56 to each other.

斜術郚䜍内で連結解陀できるようにし、ワむダ䞊での倖郚亀換を䞍芁にする装眮の図瀺のシステムは、第ワむダガむドを、䜓内に導入され連結解陀されおいないカテヌテルを介しお、斜術郚䜍に、第ワむダガむドの蚭眮埌に導入するように適合させるこずができる。図は、カテヌテルの近䜍郚内の、凊眮䞭には、通垞、患者䜓倖ずなる䜍眮図瀺の胆嚢装眮の䟋では玄に蚭けられた、近䜍偎アクセスポヌト第開口郚を含むカテヌテルを瀺しおいる。近䜍偎偎郚アクセスポヌトは、アクセスポヌトが䜿甚されおいないずきには、滑動しおアクセスポヌトを芆い閉鎖する随意的なスリヌブカバヌを含んでいおもよい。   The illustrated system of the device, which allows for disconnection within the surgical site and eliminates the need for external exchange on the wire, provides a second wire guide to the surgical site via a catheter that has been introduced into the body and not disconnected. And can be adapted to be introduced after installation of the first wire guide. FIG. 10 shows a proximal access port 20 (third opening) located within the proximal portion of the catheter, typically at a location outside the patient body during the procedure (approximately 166 cm in the illustrated gallbladder device example). ) Is shown. Proximal side access port 20 may include an optional sleeve cover that slides over and closes the access port when the access port is not in use.

第ワむダを導入する堎合、図から図に瀺す方法では、䞀旊第ワむダガむドから接続解陀された図瀺の括玄筋切陀刀は、患者身䜓から取り出されない。そうではなくお、第ワむダガむド第の现長い医療装眮の先端郚が、近䜍偎開口郚を介しおワむダガむド通路に送り蟌たれ、内芖鏡を通っお管内ぞず進められる。図の䟋では、第ワむダガむドは、総胆管が぀の肝葉に分岐しおいる箇所のような二股分岐の第分枝に眮かれおいる。第ワむダガむドを搬送しおいる括玄筋切陀刀は、医垫がハンドルを䜿っお切断甚ワむダを匕き戻すこずより回転させ撓たせお、前進しおいる第のワむダガむドを反察偎の分枝に奜郜合に向かわせるこずができ、これによっお各分枝がワむダガむドで挿管された状態になる。カテヌテル本䜓を軞方向に回転できるようにするハンドルを有する括玄筋切陀刀は、遠䜍偎切断郚を、ワむダ送眮のため反察の管内に又は管に向け配眮するのに奜適である。第ワむダが所望の䜍眮にくるず、䟋えば、図に図瀺のワむダホルダの第の䞀連のスロットを利甚しお定䜍眮に固定するこずができる。括玄筋切陀刀又は他の䞀次アクセス装眮が第ワむダから取り倖された埌は、ワむダ、を、次いで、管の開通性を埩旧又は改善するためのステントのような远加的装眮を配眮又は導入するために䜿えるようになる。   When the second wire 46 is introduced, in the method shown in FIGS. 9 a to 9 f, the illustrated sphincter resection knife 32 once disconnected from the first wire guide 11 is not removed from the patient body. Instead, the tip of the second wire guide 46 (third elongate medical device 44) is fed into the wire guide passage 27 through the proximal opening 20 and passes through the endoscope into the tube 41. It is advanced to. In the example of FIG. 11, the first wire guide 11 is placed on a first branch 48 having a bifurcated branch, such as a portion where the common bile duct 41 branches into two liver lobes. The sphincter cleaver 32 carrying the second wire guide is rotated and deflected by the physician pulling the cutting wire back using the handle, and the advancing second wire guide on the opposite branch 49. The branches can be intubated with wire guides 46. A sphincter resection tool 32 having a handle that allows the catheter body to rotate axially is suitable for positioning the distal cut 33 in or against the opposite tube for wire delivery. Once the second wire 46 is in the desired position, it can be locked in place (eg, utilizing the second series of slots 54 of the wire holder 50 shown in FIG. 12). After the sphincter blade or other primary access device 10 has been removed from the second wire 46, the wires 11, 46 are then placed, followed by additional devices such as stents to restore or improve the patency of the tube. Or it can be used to introduce.

元のカテヌテル装眮を短い第ワむダから取り倖すには、ロングワむダ亀換を実行するために図のワむダガむド延長噚を远加するなどによっお亀換を実斜するか、又はワむダガむドルヌメンの遠䜍偎及び近䜍偎アクセスポヌト、の間にある郚分が、ワむダが暪方向に通路から出られるように構成されおいる堎合には、カテヌテルをワむダから剥ぎ取っお離すか、の䜕れかが必芁になる。埌者は、䟋えば図に瀺すように壁の内郚に切り蟌み線、スリットを䜜るか、又は他の事前に匱䜓化した区域を䜜るなどしお壁に匱い郚分を圢成するか、又は壁の䞀郚又は党䜓を貫いお断続的なミシン目の列を圢成しおそこを長手方向に匱䜓化するか、を含め倚くの呚知のやり方で実珟するこずができる。代わりに、管状郚材は、通路内に圚るワむダガむドにより十分な暪方向の圧力が䜜甚するず壊れるように䜜られた無傷のカテヌテルを備えおいおもよい。これを行う぀の方法は、ワむダガむドルヌメンに隣接する壁を十分に薄くし図、及び又は適したポリマヌで補䜜し、カテヌテルが患者䜓内から匕き抜かれる際に、カテヌテルに察しお暪方向の力が加えられるず、ワむダガむドが薄い壁を通しお簡単に割れ又は裂けるようにするこずである。等方性配向型ポリマヌのような割け易くするのに適した分子構造を備えた材料を䜿甚しおもよいし、又は割け易くするため䜕らかのやり方でポリマヌを凊理しおもよい。カテヌテルの壁党䜓を割け易くなるように構成しおもよいし、ワむダガむドルヌメンの倖偎たで䌞びる第の硬床の䜎い郚分を長手方向に同時抌出成圢するなどしお蚭けお、割ける郚分を円呚方向のある特定の䜍眮に限定しおもよい。壁を割け易くするように構成するのではなく又はこれに加えお、タブ又は他の芁玠をカテヌテルに取り付け又は䞀䜓に圢成しお、手動で割き易くしおワむダガむドを倖すようにしおもよい。カテヌテルをワむダから分離するためにガむドワむダルヌメンにアクセスする別の方法ずしお、鋭利な工具又は同様の装眮が考えられる。別のオプションは、壁に溝を貫通させお狭い開いたチャネル、又は密閉可胜な又は係止される閉じ目を圢成しお、぀の瞁郚がその盞補的構造によっお互いに抌し付けられるか盞互係止されるようにするこずである。閉じ目は、ワむダガむドを抌し付けお匕っ匵るこずにより加えられる暪方向の力が閉じ目を開けるのに十分になるず、割れお開口する又は係止解陀されるように蚭蚈されおいる。   To remove the original catheter device 10 from the short second wire 46, an exchange may be performed, such as by adding a wire guide extender 56 of FIG. If the portion between the proximal (side) and proximal access ports 15, 20 is configured to allow the wire to exit laterally from the passage, the catheter may be peeled away from the wire 46, or Either of these is required. The latter can be achieved by forming a weak portion in the wall, for example by creating a score line, slit 67, or other pre-weakened area, as shown in FIG. This can be accomplished in a number of well-known ways, including forming intermittent rows of perforations through parts or all of which are weakened longitudinally. Alternatively, the tubular member may comprise an intact catheter that is made to break upon application of sufficient lateral pressure by a wire guide present in the passage. One way to do this is to make the wall 68 adjacent the wire guide lumen 27 sufficiently thin (FIG. 16) and / or made of a suitable polymer so that the catheter can be removed from the patient as it is withdrawn from the patient. When a lateral force is applied, the wire guide 46 is easily broken or torn through the thin wall 68. Materials with a molecular structure suitable for easy cracking, such as isotropically oriented polymers, may be used, or the polymer may be treated in some way to facilitate cracking. The entire wall of the catheter may be easily broken, or a second low hardness portion that extends to the outside of the wire guide lumen may be provided by coextrusion in the longitudinal direction, etc. It may be limited to a specific position in the circumferential direction. Instead of (or in addition to) making the wall easy to break, a tab or other element may be attached to or integrally formed with the catheter to make it easy to break and manually remove the wire guide Good. Another way to access the guidewire lumen to separate the catheter from the wire is to consider a sharp tool or similar device. Another option is to penetrate the groove through the wall to form a narrow open channel, or a sealable or locked closure, so that the two edges are pressed together or interlocked by their complementary structure Is to be done. The closure is designed to crack open or unlock when the lateral force applied by pushing and pulling the wire guide is sufficient to open the closure.

図から図に瀺す法に戻るが、先に述べたように、䞀次アクセス装眮ず連結盞手のワむダガむドを内芖鏡の付属チャネルに通しお導入する際に遭遇する摩擊は、堎合によっおは、぀の装眮が斜術郚䜍に達する前に過早連結解陀を匕き起こしかねない。図から図は、䞡装眮が患者䜓内に導入されるか又は䜓内で操䜜されおいる際に、望たしくない係合解陀又は盞察運動が起きないよう、ワむダガむドを管状郚材に解攟可胜に固定するように䜜られた现長い係合郚材の異なる実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。図では、现長い係合郚材は、暙準的なプッシャ郚材に構成が䌌おいる、ナむロンのような適切な瞊方向匷床を備えた可撓性を有するポリマヌ材料で䜜られおいるのが望たしいワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる。他の適した材料ずしおは、各皮密床の、、、ステンレス鋌、ニチノヌル、ポリ゚チレン、又はポリプロピレン材料が挙げられる。ワむダ停止郚材は、管状郚材の通路の内埄を実質的に満たす盎埄䟋えば、むンチを備えおいお、ワむダガむドが連結領域通路に入る偎郚アクセスポヌトに察し遠䜍偎の点たで䞀杯に前進するず、ワむダ停止郚材がワむダガむドに接觊しおワむダガむドを通路の内壁に楔止めし、これによりワむダガむドの管状郚材に察する長手方向の移動が実質的に阻止されるようになっおいるのが望たしい。図は、耇数ルヌメン管状郚材内に配眮されたワむダ停止郚材を瀺しおいるが、これは耇数ルヌメン装眮䟋えば、括玄筋切陀刀にも䜿甚できる。図は、埌退䜍眮にあるワむダ停止郚材の近䜍偎ハブ雄型ルア金具を瀺しおおり、この埌退䜍眮では、ワむダ停止郚材は、ワむダガむドに係合しおこれを係止又は楔止めするほどに、通路内の偎郚アクセスポヌトに察しお盎ぐ遠䜍偎の領域又は地点たで前進しおはいない。そうなるのは、近䜍偎ハブが前方䜍眮たで前進しお、ハブが䞀次アクセス装眮の近䜍偎アクセスポヌトに蚭けられた近䜍偎雌型金具に係合するずきである。斜術者は、぀の装眮、を互いに察しお配眮し盎したい堎合、近䜍偎雄型ハブを雌型近䜍偎ハブから倖しお、ワむダガむドが解攟されるたで埌ろに匕っ匵る。必ずずいうわけではないが、ワむダ停止郚材は、薬剀、远加のワむダガむドなどを通路を通しお導入できるように、通路から取り倖せるようになっおいるのが望たしい。现長い係合郚材は、ワむダが既に斜術郚䜍内に導入されおいおワむダガむドを装眮に固定する必芁が無い限り、通垞、二次アクセス装眮ず共に䜿甚されるこずはない。   Returning to the IDE method shown in FIGS. 9a to 9f, as mentioned above, the friction encountered when introducing the primary access device and the mating wire guide through the attached channel of the endoscope may be Can cause premature disconnection before the two devices reach the treatment site. FIGS. 23-25 show that the wire guide 11 can be released to the tubular member 77 so that undesirable disengagement or relative movement does not occur when both devices are introduced or manipulated within the patient. FIG. 6 shows different embodiments of an elongated engagement member 89 that is adapted to be secured to the body. In FIG. 23, the elongated engagement member is preferably made of a flexible polymeric material with suitable longitudinal strength, such as nylon, which is similar in construction to a standard pusher member. A stop member 90 is provided. Other suitable materials include PEEK, PTFE, stainless steel, nitinol, polyethylene, or polypropylene materials of various densities. The wire stop member 90 has a diameter (eg, 0.35 inches) that substantially fills the inner diameter of the passage 27 of the tubular member 77 and the side access port where the wire guide 11 enters the coupling region 14 (passage 31). When fully advanced to a point distal to 15, the wire stop member 90 contacts the wire guide 11 and wedges the wire guide 11 to the inner wall of the passage, whereby the longitudinal direction of the wire guide 11 relative to the tubular member 77. It is desirable that the movement of the lens is substantially prevented. Although FIG. 23 shows a wire stop member 90 disposed within a multi-lumen tubular member 77, it can also be used with a multi-lumen device (eg, sphincterectomy). FIG. 24 shows the proximal hub 92 (male luer fitting) of the wire stop member 90 in the retracted position 94, in which the wire stop member 90 engages the wire guide 11 and engages it. Is not advanced to a region or point 91 immediately distal to the side access port 15 in the passageway to the extent that it is locked or wedged. This is because the proximal hub 92 is advanced to the forward position 95 and the hub 92 engages a proximal (female) fitting 93 provided in the proximal access port 23 of the primary access device 10. Is the time. If the practitioner wishes to reposition the two devices 10, 11 relative to each other, the proximal (male) hub 92 is removed from the female proximal hub 93 and rearward until the wire guide 11 is released. Pull on. Although not necessarily, it is desirable that the wire stop member 90 be removable from the passage 27 so that medication, additional wire guides, etc. can be introduced through the passage 27. The elongated engagement member 89 is typically not used with a secondary access device unless a wire has already been introduced into the treatment site and the wire guide need to be secured to the device.

现長い係合郚材の第の実斜圢態を図に瀺しおいるが、この実斜圢態は、瞫合糞、ワむダ、ケヌブル、又は通路内でワむダガむドの呚りに茪を䜜り、これず係蹄し又は他のやり方で解攟可胜に係合する他の糞状材から䜜られた、糞状のスネア郚材を備えおいる。ワむダガむドには、ワむダガむドがスネア郚材に沿っお滑動しないように、スネア郚材を入れおおく溝又は窪み図瀺せずを衚面に蚭けられおいる。スネア郚材は、ハンドルの䜜動郚分に取り付けお、斜術者が動䜜を十分に制埡できるようにするこずができる。斜術者がワむダガむドを管状郚材から係合解陀したい堎合、スネア郚材䞊の匵力を解陀し、又は切断するか䞀方の端を解攟しお、通路から匕き出せるようにすればよい。代わりに、スネア郚材は、管状郚材の倖偎に蚭けお、ワむダガむドに解攟可胜に係合し固定しおもよい。   A second embodiment of the elongate engagement member 89 is shown in FIG. 25, but this embodiment creates a loop around the wire guide within the suture, wire, cable, or passage 27, and the snare Or other threaded material 96 that is releasably engaged in other manners. The wire guide 11 is provided with a groove or a recess (not shown) in which the snare member 96 is placed so that the wire guide 11 does not slide along the snare member 96. A snare member 96 can be attached to the working portion of the handle to allow the practitioner to fully control the operation. When the practitioner wants to disengage the wire guide 11 from the tubular member 77, the tension on the snare member 96 may be released, or one end may be released so that the wire guide 11 can be pulled out from the passage 27. Alternatively, the snare member 96 may be provided outside the tubular member 77 to releasably engage and secure the wire guide 11.

现長い係合郚材の別の実斜圢態を図から図に瀺しおいる。図では、现長い係合郚材は、軟らかく䜜られた遠䜍先端郚を有するワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる。この軟らかい先端郚は、ワむダ停止郚材の端郚が倉圢しお抌し朰されお、管状郚材の通路の内壁ずワむダガむドの倖呚面の䞡方ずの面接觊の面積を拡倧できるようにする。衚面積が拡倧するず、摩擊力が増し、その結果、䞡構成芁玠間の停止又は「制動」力が増す。加えお、軟らかい先端郚は、停止郚材がワむダガむド又は管状郚材に匕っかかったりそれらの間に挟たったずきに、管状郚材又は管状郚材を傷぀ける可胜性も少なくする。ワむダ停止郚材は、その遠䜍先端郚付近に配眮された぀又は耇数の攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌを曎に備えおいる。これら攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌは、䜿甚者が、蛍光透芖法を掻甚しお、ワむダ停止郚材がワむダガむドず係合しおいるか吊かを刀定するのを支揎する。図は、括玄筋切開噚のような耇数ルヌメン装眮に䜿甚される型匏の耇数ルヌメン管状郚材内に配眮されたワむダ停止郚材を瀺しおいる。   Another embodiment of the elongated engagement member 89 is shown in FIGS. In FIG. 58, the elongated engagement member 89 comprises a wire stop member 190 having a softly made distal tip. This soft tip portion deforms (crushes) the end portion of the wire stop member 190 to reduce the area of surface contact between both the inner wall (of the passage 27) of the tubular member 77 and the outer peripheral surface of the wire guide 11. Make it expandable. As the surface area increases, the frictional force increases, resulting in an increased stop or “braking” force between the two components. In addition, the soft tip also reduces the possibility of damaging the tubular member 77 or the tubular member when the stop member 190 is caught on or pinched between the wire guide 11 or the tubular member 77. The wire stop member 190 further comprises one or more radiopaque markers 196 disposed near its distal tip. These radiopaque markers 191 assist the user in determining whether the wire stop member 190 is engaged with the wire guide 11 using fluoroscopy. FIG. 58 shows a wire stop member 190 disposed within a multi-lumen tubular member 77 of the type used in a multi-lumen device such as a sphincterotome.

図は、図の现長い郚材の線−に沿う暪断面図である。図に瀺すように、ワむダ停止郚材は、断面が略円圢であり、盎埄が管状郚材の通路の内埄よりも幟分小さく䜜られおいる。ワむダ停止郚材は、䞭実断面を有するように瀺されおいるが、代わりの実斜圢態では䞭実でない断面が採甚されおいるこずを理解されたい。䟋えば、ワむダ停止郚材は、長さの䞀郚又は党䜓を貫いお䌞匵しおいる内腔を備えおいおもよい。内腔があるず、ワむダ停止郚材が巧く朰れるようになり、管状郚材の通路の内壁ずワむダガむドの倖呚面の䞡方ずの摩擊接觊を増倧させるこずができる。内腔は、ワむダ停止郚材を通しお造圱剀又は他の薬剀を送出する堎合にも利甚するこずができる。埌者に関連しお、ワむダ停止郚材は、泚入可胜なスタむレットを備えおいおもよい。   59a is a cross-sectional view of the elongated member 89 of FIG. 58 taken along line 59-59. As shown, the wire stop member 190 is substantially circular in cross section and is made somewhat smaller in diameter than the inner diameter of the passage 27 of the tubular member 77. Although wire stop member 190 is shown as having a solid cross-section, it should be understood that alternative embodiments employ non-solid cross-sections. For example, the wire stop member 190 may include a lumen that extends through part or all of its length. With the lumen, the wire stop member 190 can be crushed and the frictional contact between both the inner wall (of the passage 27) of the tubular member 77 and the outer peripheral surface of the wire guide 11 can be increased. The lumen can also be utilized when delivering contrast or other agents through the wire stop member 190. In connection with the latter, the wire stop member 190 may comprise an injectable stylet.

図は、図の现長い郚材の線−に沿う代わりの暪断面図である。図瀺のように、ワむダ停止郚材は、断面が円圢ではない。具䜓的には、ワむダ停止郚材は、ワむダガむドの呚囲に係合しお倉圢し、係合領域図参照でワむダガむドず管状郚材の通路の内壁ずの間の隙間をより容易に埋めるこずができるように䜜られた耇数の倖偎に突出するリブを備えおいる。リブは、ワむダ停止郚材を管状郚材の通路内の䞭心に維持するのを助けるず共に、ワむダ停止装眮が偎郚アクセスポヌト図参照を䞍甚意に通り抜けお倖に出おしたう可胜性を小さくするのに圹立぀。各隣接する察を成すリブの間に圢成されおいる溝は、通路を流れる造圱剀又は他の薬剀甚の通路ずなる。   59b is an alternate cross-sectional view of the elongated member 89 of FIG. 58 along line 59-59. As shown, the wire stop member 290 is not circular in cross section. Specifically, the wire stop member 290 engages and deforms around the wire guide 11, and the engagement between the wire guide 11 and the inner wall (of the passage 27) of the tubular member 77 in the engagement region 191 (see FIG. 58). A plurality of outwardly projecting ribs 291 are provided so that the gaps between them can be filled more easily. The ribs 291 help maintain the wire stop member 290 in the center within the passage 27 of the tubular member 77 and allow the wire stop device 290 to inadvertently pass through the side access port 15 (see FIG. 58). It helps to reduce the possibility of getting lost. Grooves 292 formed between each adjacent pair of ribs 291 provide a passage for contrast agent or other agent flowing through passage 27.

図は、図の现長い郚材の線−に沿う曎に別の暪断面図を瀺しおいる。図瀺のように、ワむダ停止郚材は、断面が円圢ではない。具䜓的には、ワむダ停止郚材は、管状郚材の通路の内壁に或る䞀定の長さに亘っお蚭けられた同様の圢状を有する窪みず滑動可胜に係合できるように䜜られた、察の倖偎に突出したフランゞ又はりむングを含んでいる。換蚀するず、ワむダ停止郚材は、管状郚材の通路の円圢でない断面圢状に䞀臎した円圢でない断面圢状を有しおいる。無論、ワむダ停止郚材の断面積は通路の断面積より幟分小さく䜜られ、ワむダ停止郚材が通路に察しお自由に滑動できるようになっおいるものず理解されたい。なお、通路の断面圢状は、それでも、ワむダガむドの様な円圢断面圢状を有する现長い郚材を収玍できるような圢状であるず理解されたい。   FIG. 59c shows yet another cross-sectional view of the elongated member 89 of FIG. 58 taken along line 59-59. As shown, the wire stop member 390 is not circular in cross section. Specifically, the wire stop member 390 is slidably engaged with a recess having a similar shape provided on the inner wall (of the passage 27) of the tubular member 77 over a certain length. A pair of outwardly projecting flanges or wings 391. In other words, the wire stop member 390 has a non-circular cross-sectional shape that matches the non-circular cross-sectional shape of the passage 27 of the tubular member 77. Of course, it should be understood that the cross-sectional area of the wire stop member 390 is made somewhat smaller than the cross-sectional area of the passage 27 so that the wire stop member 390 can slide freely relative to the passage 27. It should be understood that the cross-sectional shape of the passage 27 is still a shape that can accommodate an elongated member having a circular cross-sectional shape such as the wire guide 11.

断面圢状、より厳密にはりむングは、ワむダ停止郚材が通路内で捻れるのを防ぐ。曎に重芁なこずは、りむングは、ワむダ停止郚材が管状郚材の偎郚アクセスポヌト図参照を䞍甚意に通り抜けお倖に出るのを防いでいるこずである。図瀺のように、りむングは、通路の偎郚アクセスポヌトずは略反察偎の䞡偎に沿っお配眮され、偎郚アクセスポヌトを通るワむダガむドの動きず干枉しないようになっおいるこずが望たしい。他の円圢でない断面圢状を採甚しお、䞊蚘機胜ず䟿益を達成するこずもできる。䟋えば、ワむダ停止郚材ず通路は、方圢又は䞉角圢断面であっおもよい。通路の断面は、必ずずいうわけではないが、それでも䞭にワむダガむドを収玍できる断面であるこずが望たしい。   The cross-sectional shape, more precisely, the wing 391 prevents the wire stop member 390 from twisting in the passage 27. More importantly, the wing 391 prevents the wire stop member 390 from inadvertently passing through the side access port 15 (see FIG. 58) of the tubular member 77 and exiting. As shown, the wings 391 are disposed along opposite sides of the passage 27 substantially opposite the side access port 15 so as not to interfere with the movement of the wire guide 11 passing through the side access port. Is desirable. Other non-circular cross-sectional shapes can be employed to achieve the above functions and benefits. For example, the wire stop member 390 and the passage 27 may have a square or triangular cross section. The cross section of the passage is not necessarily, but it is desirable that the cross section can accommodate the wire guide 11 therein.

図から図では、现長い係合郚材は、管状郚材の第通路を通っお䌞匵するワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる。第通路の断面積又は盎埄は、管状郚材の偎郚アクセスポヌトから盎ぐ遠䜍偎の領域で、小さく又は现くなり、ワむダ停止郚材の断面積又は盎埄より小さくなっおいる。たた、第通路を第通路から分離しおいる壁の、この領域内の郚分は、比范的撓み易く及び又は薄く䜜られおいる。   In FIGS. 61 a-61 b, the elongated engagement member 89 comprises a wire stop member 490 that extends through the second passage 427 of the tubular member 77. The cross-sectional area or diameter of the second passage 427 is smaller or narrower in the region 429 just distal from the side access port 15 of the tubular member 77 and smaller than the cross-sectional area or diameter of the wire stop member 490. Also, the portion in this region 429 of the wall 428 that separates the second passage 427 from the first passage 27 is made relatively flexible and / or thin.

図は、係合解陀状態にあるワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端を瀺しおいる。この状態では、ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端は、領域の近䜍偎に圚る。ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端によっお占められおいる第通路の郚分の断面積又は盎埄は、ワむダ停止郚材の断面積又は盎埄より倧きい。図は、係合状態のワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端を瀺しおいる。この状態では、ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端は、領域内に圚る。ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端によっお占められおいる第通路の郚分の断面積又は盎埄は、ワむダ停止郚材の断面積又は盎埄より小さい。その結果、ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端は、第通路を第通路から分離しおいる壁の圓該郚分を抌しお第通路の内偎に動かし、第通路内のワむダガむドず係合させおこれを挟み蟌む。   FIG. 61a shows the distal end of wire stop member 490 in the disengaged state. In this state, the distal end of wire stop member 490 is proximal to region 429. The cross-sectional area or diameter of the portion of the second passage 427 occupied by the distal end of the wire stop member 490 is greater than the cross-sectional area or diameter of the wire stop member 490. FIG. 61b shows the distal end of the wire stop member 490 in the engaged state. In this state, the distal end of wire stop member 490 is in region 429. The cross-sectional area or diameter of the portion of the second passage 427 occupied by the distal end of the wire stop member 490 is less than the cross-sectional area or diameter of the wire stop member 490. As a result, the distal end of the wire stop member 490 pushes that portion of the wall 428 (which separates the second passage 427 from the first passage 27) and moves it to the inside of the first passage 27, and within the first passage 27 The wire guide 11 is engaged and sandwiched.

図では、现長い係合郚材は、管状郚材の第通路を通っお同様に䌞匵するワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる。ワむダ停止郚材は、その近䜍端に接続されたシュリンゞ図瀺せずの様な膚匵装眮ず流䜓連通しおいる膚匵可胜郚材を備えおいる。膚匵可胜郚材を膚匵させるず、第通路を第通路から分離しおいる壁の該圓郚分が抌圧される。図に瀺す実斜圢態のように、壁郚分が第通路偎に抌し出されるず、壁はワむダガむドず係合しおこれを第通路内に挟み蟌む。なお、膚匵可胜郚材の代わりに他の型匏の拡匵可胜な装眮も採甚できるものず理解されたい。䟋えば、拡匵可胜なワむダバスケットを、ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍端郚に取り付けおもよい。別䜓の制埡ワむダ又は機械的リンク装眮を採甚しお、ワむダガむド付近の通路を抌圧し、ワむダガむドが䞀次现長医療装眮に察しお長手方向に動くのを防ぐようにしおもよい。   In FIG. 62, the elongated engagement member 89 includes a wire stop member 590 that similarly extends through the second passage 527 of the tubular member 77. The wire stop member 590 includes an inflatable member 591 that is in fluid communication with an inflation device such as a shrimp (not shown) connected to its proximal end. When the inflatable member 591 is inflated, the corresponding portion 528 of the wall separating the second passage 427 from the first passage 27 is pressed. When the wall portion 528 is pushed out toward the first passage 27 as in the embodiment shown in FIG. 61 b, the wall 528 engages with the wire guide 11 and sandwiches it in the first passage 27. It should be understood that other types of expandable devices may be employed in place of the inflatable member 591. For example, an expandable wire basket may be attached to the distal end of wire stop member 590. A separate control wire or mechanical linkage may be employed to press the passage 27 near the wire guide 11 to prevent the wire guide 11 from moving longitudinally relative to the primary elongate medical device 10. .

図は、埌退状態にあるワむダ停止装眮の近䜍偎ハブ雄型ルア金具を瀺しおおり、この状態では、ワむダ停止郚材は、ワむダガむドず係合しおこれを係止又は楔止めするほどに、通路内の偎郚アクセスポヌトに察しお盎ぐ遠䜍偎の領域又は地点たで前進しおはいない。そうなるのは、近䜍偎ハブが前方䜍眮たで前進しお、その䜍眮で、ハブが、䞀次アクセス装眮のアクセスポヌトに固定され又は䜕らかの方法で取り付けられた延長管の近䜍偎に蚭けられた近䜍偎雌型金具ず接觊し係合するずきである。斜術者は、぀の装眮、を互いに察しお配眮し盎したい堎合、近䜍偎雄型ハブを雌型近䜍偎ハブから倖しお、ワむダガむドが解攟されるたで埌ろに匕っ匵る。必ずずいうわけではないが、ワむダ停止郚材は、薬剀、远加のワむダガむドなどを通路を通しお導入できるように、通路から取り倖せるようになっおいるのが望たしい。ずはいえ、先に指摘したように、ワむダ停止郚材は、円圢でない断面䟋えば、図参照、䞭を通るルヌメン、又はワむダ停止郚材を䞭に配眮したたたで通路を通しお造圱剀又は他の薬剀を送るこずができる他の構造を備えおいおもよい。   FIG. 60 shows the proximal hub 192 (male luer fitting) of the wire stop device 190 in the retracted state 194, where the wire stop member 190 engages the wire guide 11 and engages it. As far as locking or wedged, it has not advanced to a region or point 191 immediately distal to the side access port 15 in the passage 27. This occurs when the proximal hub 192 is advanced to the forward position 195, where the hub 192 is secured to the access port 23 of the primary access device 10 or in the vicinity of the extension tube 198 attached in some way. This is when it comes into contact with and engages with the proximal (female) metal fitting 193 provided on the distal side. If the practitioner wishes to reposition the two devices 10, 11 with respect to each other, he removes the proximal (male) hub 192 from the female proximal hub 193 and back until the wire guide 11 is released. Pull on. Although not necessarily, it is desirable that the wire stop member 190 be removable from the passage 27 so that medication, additional wire guides, etc. can be introduced through the passage 27. Nonetheless, as noted above, the wire stop member 190 may have a non-circular cross-section (see, for example, FIG. 59b), a lumen therethrough, or a contrast agent through the passage 27 with the wire stop member 190 in place. Alternatively, other structures that can deliver other drugs may be provided.

ワむダ停止郚材は、ワむダ停止郚材を抌し蟌んでワむダガむドず係合させる際に捻れたり過剰に曲がったりするのを防ぐために䜜られた剛性を高めた近䜍偎シャフト郚を曎に備えおいる。近䜍偎シャフト郚は、现長い䞀次装眮のルヌメンの倖偎に配眮されおおり、埓っおワむダ停止郚材が䞀次现長装眮の通路に完党に挿入されるたでは支持されおいない状態にあるため、捻れたり過剰に曲がったりし易い。図瀺の特定の実斜圢態では、高剛性近䜍偎シャフト郚は、ワむダ停止郚材のより遠䜍偎のシャフト郚分の盎埄又は断面よりも倧きな盎埄又は断面を有する材料を備えおいる。或いは、高剛性近䜍偎シャフト郚は、ワむダ停止郚材のシャフトを芆うように配眮されたカバヌ管を備えおいる。高剛性近䜍偎シャフト郚の倧きな盎埄又は断面を収容するため、延長管は、通路のルヌメンの盎埄又は断面より倧きな、拡倧された内埄又は断面を有するルヌメンを備えおいる。換蚀するず、延長管は、高剛性近䜍偎シャフト郚の倧きくなった盎埄又は断面を収容できるように䜜られおいる。或いは、高剛性近䜍偎シャフト郚を、金属ワむダの様な比范的剛性の高い材料で圢成しお、近䜍偎シャフト郚が遠䜍偎シャフト郚ず同じ盎埄又は断面を持぀こずができるようにしおもよい。この代わりの構造では、近䜍偎シャフト郚は通路のルヌメン内に送り蟌むこずができるので、延長管の必芁性が無くなる。なお、延長管は、各皮近䜍偎アクセスポヌトの構成を有する各皮カテヌテル装眮に取り付けられるように䜜るこずができるものず理解されたい。換蚀すれば、延長管は、別の構成芁玠によっお補造されおいるものを含め、既存のカテヌテル装眮に取り付けるこずができるように䜜り、これら既存のカテヌテル装眮をワむダ停止郚材ず共に䜿甚できるように修正するこずができる。   The wire stop member 190 further includes a proximal shaft portion 197 with increased rigidity, which is formed to prevent twisting or excessive bending when the wire stop member 190 is pushed into engagement with the wire guide 11. Yes. Proximal shaft portion 197 is disposed outside lumen 201 (of elongate primary device 10) and is therefore not supported until wire stop member 190 is fully inserted into passage 27 of primary elongate device 10. Because it is in a state, it is easy to twist or bend excessively. In the particular embodiment illustrated, the rigid proximal shaft portion 197 comprises a PEEK material having a diameter or cross section that is greater than the diameter or cross section of the more distal shaft portion 200 of the wire stop member 191. Alternatively, the high-rigidity proximal shaft portion 197 includes a cover tube disposed so as to cover the shaft of the wire stop member 190. To accommodate the large diameter or cross section of the rigid proximal shaft portion 197, the extension tube 198 includes a lumen 199 having an enlarged inner diameter or cross section that is larger than the diameter or cross section of the lumen 201 of the passage 27. In other words, the extension tube 198 is made to accommodate the increased diameter or cross section of the high stiffness proximal shaft portion 197. Alternatively, the high-rigidity proximal shaft portion 197 may be formed of a relatively rigid material such as a metal wire so that the proximal shaft portion 197 has the same diameter or cross section as the distal shaft portion 200. You may be able to do it. In this alternative construction, the proximal shaft portion 197 can be fed into the lumen 201 of the passage 27, thus eliminating the need for the extension tube 198. It should be understood that the extension tube 198 can be made to be attached to various catheter devices 10 having various proximal access port 23 configurations. In other words, the extension tube 198 can be made attachable to existing catheter devices 10, including those manufactured by other components, and these existing catheter devices 10 can be used with the wire stop member 190. Can be modified as follows.

ワむダ停止郚材の遠䜍偎シャフト郚は、長さ方向に物理的特性が均䞀であっおも非均䞀であっおもよい。先に論じた実斜圢態では、遠䜍偎シャフト郚は、皮類の材料で補造し盎埄又は断面を䞀定にしお、遠䜍偎シャフト郚が均䞀的な剛性又は可撓性を有するようにしおいる。或いは、遠䜍偎シャフト郚は、それぞれの郚分で物理的特性が異なるように補造しおもよい。䟋えば、遠䜍偎シャフト郚は、遠䜍端に向かっお先现又は段状に即ち、盎埄又は断面を小さく成圢し、可撓性が増すようにしお、ある皮の医療凊眮を行う堎合に奜郜合なようにしおもよい。同じく、遠䜍偎シャフト郚の剛性を近䜍端に向けお高めるず、ワむダ停止郚材を䜿甚しお䞀次现長装眮の剛性を高めるこずができる。遠䜍偎シャフト郚は、シャフトのそれぞれ異なる郚分又は区間に、異なる材料を䜿甚しおもよいし、或いは異なる特性を有するように䜕らかのやり方で改質された材料を䜿甚しおもよい。異なる材料を䜿甚する堎合には、遠䜍偎シャフト郚の寞法倉化ず組み合わせお䜿甚しおもよいし、寞法倉化ずは切り離しお䜿甚しおもよい。遠䜍偎シャフト郚又はその䞀郚分に芪氎性被芆のような衚面被芆を斜しお、䞀次现長装眮の通路を通しおワむダ停止郚材を動かす際の摩擊抵抗を枛らしおもよい。   The distal shaft portion 200 of the wire stop member 190 may be uniform or non-uniform in physical properties in the length direction. In the embodiments discussed above, the distal shaft portion 200 is made of a single material and has a constant diameter or cross-section so that the distal shaft portion 200 has uniform rigidity or flexibility. ing. Or you may manufacture the distal shaft part 200 so that a physical characteristic may differ in each part. For example, the distal shaft portion 200 may be tapered or stepped (ie, reduced in diameter or cross-section) toward the distal end to increase flexibility for certain medical procedures. You may make it convenient. Similarly, increasing the stiffness of the distal shaft portion 200 toward the proximal end can increase the stiffness of the primary elongate device 10 using the wire stop member 190. Distal shaft portion 200 may use different materials for different portions or sections of the shaft, or may use materials modified in some way to have different properties. When different materials are used, they may be used in combination with the dimensional change of the distal shaft portion 200, or may be used separately from the dimensional change. A surface coating, such as a hydrophilic coating, may be applied to the distal shaft portion 200 or a portion thereof to reduce the frictional resistance when moving the wire stop member 190 through the passage 27 of the primary elongate device 10.

図ず図の现長い係合郚材の実斜圢態も、二次通路に郚分的に匕き蟌めるように構成された装眮の連結領域を含んでいる。この動䜜により、ワむダガむドずの摩擊係合が䜜り出され、现長い係合郚材が停止装眮ずしおも機胜し、ワむダガむドが連結領域内で自由に滑動するのを防ぐようにする。   The embodiment of the elongated engagement member 89 of FIGS. 31 and 32 also includes the connection region 14 of the device 10 configured to be partially retracted into the secondary passage 115. This action creates a frictional engagement with the wire guide, and the elongated engagement member 89 also functions as a stop device to prevent the wire guide 11 from sliding freely within the coupling region 14.

なお、现長い係合郚材、及びより具䜓的にはワむダ停止郚材、、、、の䞊蚘実斜圢態は、ワむダガむドを、内郚通路ず連通しおいる䞭間偎郚アクセスポヌトを有するあらゆる皮類の现長い医療装眮に留めるために掻甚するこずができるず理解されたい。換蚀すれば、现長い係合郚材は、迅速亀換、ショヌトワむダ、超ショヌトワむダ、及び亀換可胜装眮ず共に䜿甚するこずができる。曎に、図瀺の実斜圢態は、第の现長い医療装眮ずワむダガむドを係合解陀せずにチャネルを通しお䞀緒に導入できるように、䞡芁玠を留めるこずができるようにした装眮の利甚可胜な皮類の内のほんの数䟋を衚しおいるに過ぎない。   It should be noted that the embodiment of the elongated engagement member 89, and more specifically the wire stop members 90, 96, 190, 290, 390, provides an intermediate side access port that communicates the wire guide 11 with the internal passage 27. It should be understood that it can be utilized to stay on any type of elongated medical device 10 having 15. In other words, the elongated engagement member 89 can be used with quick exchange, short wire, ultra short wire, and replaceable devices. Furthermore, the illustrated embodiment is available with a device that allows both elements to be fastened so that the first elongate medical device 10 and the wire guide 11 can be introduced together through the channel without disengagement. It represents just a few examples of the types.

本発明及び方法は、䞀次アクセス装眮の斜術郚䜍内での䜿甚が枈むず、二次アクセス装眮が、斜術郚䜍内で䞀次装眮から連結解陀されおいる誘導装眮ワむダガむドに倖挿しお導入される手順で装眮を䜿甚する段階を含んでいる。胆管系では、様々な医療凊眮を行うために導入される装眮ずしおは数倚くの装眮が考えられるが、その䞭の幟぀かの䟋を図、図、図、図から図、図、図、図、図から図、図、及び図に瀺しおいる。䟋瀺する装眮は、胆管系に䜿甚するのに適した党おの二次アクセス装眮を衚わしおいるわけでも、その䜿甚法を䞀次装眮に続いお䜿甚される二次装眮に限定しおいるわけでもない。図瀺の装眮は、胆管系での内芖鏡凊眮に䜿甚される医療装眮、䞊びに身䜓のどこか他の箇所で行われる非胆管系又は非内芖鏡的凊眮に䜿甚される装眮の䞀般的な皮類の幟぀かを瀺しおいる。   In the present invention and method, when the primary access device is used in the treatment site, the secondary access device is introduced by being extrapolated to a guide device (wire guide) that is disconnected from the primary device in the treatment site. Using the device in a procedure. In the bile duct system, there are many devices that can be introduced to perform various medical procedures, and some examples among them are shown in FIGS. 9F, 14, 17, and 19 to 22, FIG. 27, 28, 39, and 41 to 44, 51, and 53. The illustrated device does not represent all secondary access devices suitable for use in the bile duct system, nor does it limit its use to secondary devices used following the primary device. . The illustrated device is a general type of medical device used for endoscopic procedures in the bile duct system, as well as non-bile duct systems or non-endoscopic procedures performed elsewhere in the body. Some are shown.

図は、本発明の送出カテヌテル现長い医療装眮に取り付けられた胆嚢又は膵臓排液ステントを送出するためのシステムを瀺しおいる。図瀺の−登録商暙胆管ステントりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクは、甚に修正が加えられた登録商暙ワンアクションステント送出システムりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクに取り付けられおおり、この送出システムは滑動しお取り付けられるステントプッシャ郚材図−ず共に䜿甚される堎合の内郚ルヌメンを通っお䌞匵しおいる。なお、図瀺のステント送出カテヌテルは、図瀺の皮類の他にも異なる皮類の管状排液ステントを受け入れるこずができるようになっおいる旚理解されたい。送出カテヌテルの連結郚分は、遠䜍偎開口郚ず、遠䜍先端郚から乃至に䜍眮する偎郚アクセスポヌトの間に通路を備えおいる。図瀺のむリゞりム垯のような近䜍偎マヌキングが、アクセスポヌトの盎ぐ遠䜍偎玄のずころに蚭けられおいる。ワむダガむドは、ステントの遠䜍端に察しお遠䜍偎の点で偎郚アクセスポヌトを出お、ステントを送出カテヌテルず共に匕き抜くための手段を奜郜合に提䟛しおおり、これは管内でステントを配眮し盎す胜力を倧きく支揎するものである。カテヌテルずワむダガむドがプッシャ郚材により固定保持されおいるステントに察しお䞀緒に匕き抜かれるずき、カテヌテルの呚りに滑動可胜に配眮されおいるステントの遠䜍瞁は、送出カテヌテルずそこから出おいるワむダずの接合郚により圢成された䞉角圢の楔点に止たる。こうしお、ステントは、送出カテヌテルず共に埌ろに匕っ匵られるので、臚床医には、必芁な堎合には近䜍郚のアンカヌフラップが管の倖偎に䌞匵できるように、管から郚分的にステントを匕き出すための簡単で信頌性の高い手段が提䟛されるこずになる。所望の䜍眮に配眮が枈むず、ワむダガむドず送出カテヌテルは連結解陀され、埌者はステントの開口ルヌメンから匕き抜かれる。ワむダガむドがステントの開口ルヌメンを通っお䌞匵しおいる送出システムでは、臚床医は、送出カテヌテルを埌退させおも、ステントを送出カテヌテルに解攟可胜に連結する远加の機構無しに、カテヌテルず共にステントを匕き戻せるわけではない。なお、この方法は、他のステント蚭蚈、特に他の拡匵䞍可胜な管状ステント及びプッシャ郚材を有しおいるステントに察しおも容易に適合させるこずができる。   FIG. 17 illustrates a system for delivering a gallbladder or pancreatic drainage stent 69 attached to a delivery catheter 110 (elongated medical device 10) of the present invention. The illustrated COTTON-LEUNG® biliary stent (Wilson-Cook Medical Ink) is attached to the OASIS® one-action stent delivery system (Wilson-Cook Medical Ink) modified for IDE The delivery system extends through the inner lumen 72 of a slidingly mounted stent 69 (when used with pusher member 101 (FIGS. 29a-c)). It should be understood that the illustrated stent delivery catheter 110 is capable of receiving different types of tubular drainage stents in addition to the illustrated types. The connecting portion 14 of the delivery catheter 110 includes a passage 27 between the distal opening 19 and the side access port 15 located 1.5 cm to 2.0 cm from the distal tip. A proximal marking 18 such as the illustrated iridium band is provided about 1 cm just distal to the access port 15. The wire guide 11 advantageously provides a means for exiting the side access port 15 at a point distal to the distal end 71 of the stent 69 and withdrawing the stent 69 with the delivery catheter 110. Greatly supports the ability to reposition the stent within the tube. When the catheter 10 and wire guide 11 are withdrawn together with respect to the stent (which is held securely by the pusher member), the distal edge 71 of the stent 69 slidably disposed about the catheter becomes the delivery catheter. It stops at the triangular wedge point 70 formed by the junction with the wire coming out of it. Thus, because the stent 69 is pulled back with the delivery catheter, the clinician can withdraw the stent partially from the tube so that the proximal anchor flap 73 can extend outside the tube if necessary. A simple and reliable means for providing this will be provided. When placed in the desired position, the wire guide 11 and delivery catheter 110 are disconnected and the latter is withdrawn from the open lumen 72 of the stent 69. In a delivery system in which the wire guide 11 extends through the open lumen 72 of the stent 69, the clinician can retract the delivery catheter 110 without any additional mechanism for releasably connecting the stent to the delivery catheter. The stent cannot be pulled back with the catheter. It should be noted that this method can be readily adapted for other stent designs, particularly for other non-expandable tubular stents and stents having pusher members.

図の䟋瀺的なステント送出システムは、先行技術による胆管ステント送出システムずは違い、ワむダガむドず機噚の遠隔連結解陀を管内で行うかぎり、図〜の方法に瀺すように、耇数のステントを配眮するのに特に適しおおり、これによっおステントを配眮する床に乳頭に再挿管する必芁がなくなる。図に瀺すように、ワむダガむドに連結された内偎送出郚材は、内芖鏡を出お膚倧郚のオリフィスを通っお管の䞭ぞず進められる。ワむダガむドは、ステントず図瀺しおいないプッシャ郚材のルヌメンを通っお䌞匵しおはいない。図に瀺すように、プッシャ郚材は、ステントの遠䜍端が、偎郚アクセスポヌトをワむダガむドが出る䜍眮に圢成された接合郚に達するたで、内偎郚材䞊のステントを抌す或いは、プッシャ郚材がステントに接觊しおステントを内偎郚材䞊を曎に前進させながら、䞀方で内偎郚材ずステントを匕き戻すようにしおもよい。䞊蚘のように、接合郚は、ステントの遠䜍端ず接觊させ、ステントが理想的な展開のためには管の奥に進み過ぎおしたったような堎合には、ステントを匕き戻すか又は配眮し盎すために䜿甚するこずができる。図に瀺すように、ステントが展開のための正しい䜍眮にくるず、連結解陀を行うのに十分な䜙裕が確保できるように、内偎郚材が管の曎に奥ぞず進められる。ワむダガむドはワむダガむドホルダ図参照から係止解陀され、図に瀺すように偎郚アクセスポヌトを出るたで匕き戻される。次いで、内偎郚材は、ステントを通っおプッシャ郚材ず共に匕き出され内芖鏡のチャネルから取り倖される。ワむダガむドは、次いで、図に瀺すように、次のステント送出システム甚の導管ずしお働くために管の䞭ぞず再床進められ、第のステントも図〜に瀺したやり方で第のステントず䞀緒に展開できるようになる。远加のステントを続いお展開させる堎合、元のワむダガむドに察するのず同じ技法を䜿っお行うこずができる。   The exemplary stent delivery system of FIG. 17 differs from the prior art biliary stent delivery system as long as the wire guide 11 and device 10 are remotely disconnected in the tube, as shown in the method of FIGS. 29a-e. It is particularly suitable for deploying a large number of stents, which eliminates the need to reintubate the teat each time a stent is deployed. As shown in FIG. 29 a, the inner delivery member 110 connected to the wire guide 11 exits the endoscope 38 and is advanced through the enormous portion of the orifice 40 into the tube 41. The wire guide 11 does not extend through the stent 69 and the lumen of the pusher member (not shown). As shown in FIG. 29b, the pusher member 101 pushes the stent on the inner member 110 until the distal end 71 of the stent reaches the junction 70 formed at the position where the wire guide 11 exits the side access port. (Alternatively, pusher member 101 may contact the stent to further advance the stent over inner member 110 while pulling back inner member 110 and stent 69). As described above, the joint 70 is in contact with the distal end 71 of the stent, and if the stent has gone too far into the tube for ideal deployment, the stent 69 may be pulled back. Or it can be used to rearrange. As shown in FIG. 29c, when the stent is in the correct position for deployment, the inner member 110 is advanced further into the tube 41 so that there is sufficient room to release the connection. The wire guide 11 is unlocked from the wire guide holder 50 (see FIG. 12) and pulled back until it exits the side access port as shown in FIG. 29d. The inner member 110 is then withdrawn with the pusher member 101 through the stent 69 and removed from the endoscope channel. The wire guide 11 is then advanced again into the tube to serve as a conduit for the next stent delivery system, as shown in FIG. 29e, and the second stent 109 is also in the manner shown in FIGS. Can be deployed with the first stent. Subsequent deployment of additional stents can be done using the same technique as for the original wire guide.

本発明ず共に䜿甚するように䜜られた他のステント又は人工噚官送出システムを、図、図及び図に瀺しおいる。図は、自己拡匵匏人工噚官甚の送出システムを瀺しおおり、人工噚官には、りィル゜ン−クック瀟の商暙胆管自己拡匵匏ステント、又はニチノヌル類、ステンレス鋌、又は他の自己拡匵匏ステント即ち人工匁䟋えば、静脈、心臓、肺など人工噚官、血管オクルヌダ、フィルタ、塞栓保護装眮、シャント、ステントグラフトなどのような自己拡匵匏ステントが含たれる。図瀺の装眮は、䞊に人工噚官が取り付けられる内偎郚材现長い医療装眮ず、自己拡匵匏人工噚官を展開たで拘束する倖偎郚材又はシヌスずを備えおいる。偎郚アクセスポヌトは、内偎郚材の遠䜍先端郚から玄のずころに䜍眮し、連結領域は人工噚官に察しお完党に遠䜍偎にある。   Other stent or prosthesis delivery systems made for use with the present invention are shown in FIGS. 22, 27 and 39. FIG. 22 shows a delivery system 99 for a self-expanding prosthesis 98, including a Wilson-Cook ZILVER ™ biliary self-expanding stent, or Nitinols, stainless steel, or other Self-expanding stents; ie, self-expanding stents such as prosthetic valves (eg, veins, hearts, lungs, etc.) prostheses, vascular occluders, filters, embolic protection devices, shunts, stent grafts, and the like. The illustrated device comprises an inner member (elongated medical device 10) on which the prosthesis 98 is mounted and an outer member 100 or sheath that restrains the self-expanding prosthesis 98 until deployment. The side access port 15 is located about 3 cm from the distal tip 12 of the inner member 10 and the connection region 14 is completely distal to the prosthesis 98.

自己拡匵匏人工噚官を展開するための代わりのシステムを図に瀺しおいるが、これは、内偎及び倖偎郚材、に、展開䞭、盞察的な再配眮をおこなうこずを可胜にする通垞、送出システムの内偎郚材を定䜍眮に維持したたたシヌスを匕き戻す䞀連の察応するスロットを含んでいる。これは連結領域が人工噚官を通っお䌞匵するのを蚱容し、ワむダガむドが人工噚官の近䜍偎の偎郚アクセスポヌトを出お、ワむダガむドは人工噚官の内偎に配眮されたたたで展開されるこずが可胜になり、結果的に、斜術郚䜍ぞのアクセスを倱う機䌚は䜎枛されるこずになる。このこずは、展開したステントを通しおの再挿管には問題が倚く、展開したステントが移動したり、そのステントに匕っ掛かったり、血小板が剥がれるなどの合䜵症が発生する原因ずなりかねない点を考えるず、血管内で、ステント、他の人工噚官、及び拡匵バルヌンのような他の補助装眮を展開させる堎合には、特に有甚である。人工静脈及び他の皮類の人工匁の配眮に関しお、小葉又は匁構造に再挿管しお、远加の匁を展開させ又は着座匏バルヌンを導入しお匁支持フレヌムを血管壁に抌し圓おお完党に膚匵させるのはずりわけ困難であり、繊现な小葉構造を傷぀け匁機胜を危うくするこずになりかねないこずが実蚌されおいる点を考え䜵せるず、匁を通しおワむダガむドアクセスを維持するこずはずりわけ有甚である。   An alternative system for deploying a self-expanding prosthesis is shown in FIG. 39, which allows the inner and outer members 10, 100 to undergo relative repositioning during deployment. It typically includes a series of corresponding slots (withdrawing the sheath 100 while keeping the inner member 10 of the delivery system in place). This allows the coupling region 14 to extend through the prosthesis 98, the wire guide 11 exits the side access port 15 proximal to the prosthesis 98, and the wire guide is positioned inside the prosthesis 98. Can be deployed as is, resulting in a reduced chance of losing access to the surgical site. This is because there are many problems with re-intubation through the deployed stent, and it can cause complications such as movement of the deployed stent, hooking on the stent, and peeling of platelets. It is particularly useful when deploying stents, other prosthetic devices, and other auxiliary devices such as dilatation balloons within the blood vessel. For placement of prosthetic veins and other types of prosthetic valves, re-intubate into leaflets or valve structures to deploy additional valves or introduce seated balloons to press valve support frame against vessel wall to fully inflate It is particularly useful to maintain wire guide access through the valve, especially when it has been demonstrated that it can prove to be difficult and damage the delicate leaflet structure and compromise valve function. .

図は、内芖鏡胆管ステントず、超ショヌトワむダ及び迅速亀換甚に䜜られたプッシャ装眮代衚的には〜を瀺しおいる。これは、䞻に、内偎郚材が欠けおいる点が、図の実斜圢態ず異なる。ステントずプッシャ郚材この特定の実斜圢態では现長い医療装眮の䞡方が、倖偎導入噚郚材を通しお導入され、遠䜍郚の付近に連結領域を含んでいるプッシャ機噚の遠䜍端が、ステントを前方に抌し管内で展開させる。偎郚アクセスポヌトが、プッシャ郚材现長い医療装眮の遠䜍端から玄のずころに蚭けられ、ワむダガむドがステントの通路を暪断するようになっおいる。   FIG. 27 shows an endoscopic bile duct stent 69 and a pusher device 101 (typically 5.0 to 7.0 FR) made for ultra-short wires and quick replacement. This is mainly different from the embodiment of FIG. 17 in that the inner member is missing. Both the stent 69 and the pusher member 101 (elongated medical device 10 in this particular embodiment) are introduced through the outer introducer member 100 and the distal of the pusher device 101 that includes the coupling region 14 near the distal portion 13. The distal end 12 pushes the stent forward and deploys within the tube. A side access port 15 is provided about 6 cm from the distal end 12 of the pusher member 101 (elongated medical device 10) such that a wire guide traverses the passage of the stent 69.

図及び図は、ステントが図瀺の経錻胆嚢排液ステントのような豚の尟型排液ステントを備えおいる別の実斜圢態を瀺しおおり、このステントは、図に瀺すように胆管ぞ導入するためワむダガむドに倖挿しおいるずきには真っ盎ぐな圢状になるように構成されおいるが、展開時圢状図では曲がったアンカヌ郚を含んでいる。必ずずいうわけではないが、ステントの遠䜍郚に沿っお蚭けられた排液孔は、ワむダガむドが䞭を通っお容易に抜け出せない倧きさに䜜られおおり䟋えば、むンチ、偎郚アクセスポヌトは、ワむダガむドが容易に出お行ける倧きさに䜜られおいる䟋えば、むンチ又はそれ以䞊のが望たしい。図瀺の経錻胆嚢の実斜圢態では、偎郚アクセスポヌトずマヌカヌ垯の遠䜍偎の遠䜍郚に沿っお、玄間隔で぀の排液孔が分散配眮されおいる。この特定の実斜圢態では、偎郚アクセスポヌトに近䜍偎に䞀連の随意的な排液孔も蚭けられおいる。排液孔の間隔は巻きの盎埄により倉わるが、䞀般的にはから又はそれ以䞊の範囲にある。管内亀換を行うためにワむダガむドがステントに察しお䜍眮を倉えられる際、ワむダガむドが連結領域通路内郚にもはや存圚しなくなるずき、アンカヌ郚は意図された圢状のコむル状になる。図瀺の実斜圢態は、経錻膵臓排液ステント、尿管又は尿道ステント、又は぀又はそれ以䞊の曲がった又は豚の尟型端郚及び様々な排液孔構成を有する他のステントずしお、䜿甚するために適合させるこずもできる。図の䟋瀺的な実斜圢態は、曎に、ステントが配眮される膵胆管及び十二指腞の解剖孊的構造に曎に良く適合するように䞭間郚の湟曲郚を含んでいる。   41 and 42 show another embodiment in which the stent 69 comprises a porcine tail drainage stent 126, such as the illustrated nasal gallbladder drainage stent, which is shown in FIG. Thus, when it is extrapolated to the wire guide 11 for introduction into the bile duct, it is configured to have a straight shape 129, but the deployed shape 128 (FIG. 41) includes a bent anchor portion 127. Although not necessarily, the drainage hole 130 provided along the distal portion of the stent 126 is sized so that the wire guide 11 cannot be easily pulled out (for example, 0.025). Inch), the side access port 15 is preferably sized (e.g., 0.035 inches or more) to allow the wire guide to easily exit. In the illustrated nasal gallbladder embodiment, five drain holes are distributed about 6 mm apart along side access port 15 and distal portion 13 distal to marker band 18. In this particular embodiment, the side access port 15 is also provided with a series of optional drain holes 130 proximally. The interval between drain holes varies depending on the diameter of the winding, but is generally in the range of 5 mm to 1 cm or more. When the wire guide 11 is repositioned relative to the stent 126 to perform an endovascular exchange, the anchor portion 127 becomes coiled in the intended shape when the wire guide is no longer present within the connecting region passageway 31. The illustrated embodiments are used as nasal pancreatic drainage stents, ureteral or urethral stents, or other stents with one or more bent or porcine tail ends and various drainage configurations Can also be adapted to The exemplary embodiment of FIG. 41 further includes an intermediate bend to better fit the pancreaticobiliary and duodenal anatomy where the stent is placed.

経錻胆嚢及び経錻膵臓排液管の別の実斜圢態を図に瀺しおいるが、これは䞀察の遠䜍偎錚着フラップを含んでおり、豚の尟型錚着郚が無い点以倖は、図及び図の実斜圢態ず同様である。たた、偎郚アクセスポヌトは、装眮の遠䜍端の近く䟋えば、豚の尟型実斜圢態の玄に察しお玄に奜適に配眮されおいる。通垞は、経錻胆嚢排液管は、盎埄がからであるが、この経錻膵臓排液管は、盎埄がからである。豚の尟型及び非豚の尟型排液管の実斜圢態は、偎郚アクセスポヌトの呚囲に䌞匵しお抌し蟌み胜力を提䟛するず共に、仮に圚る堎合には、偎郚アクセスポヌトに近接しお蚭けられおいるルヌプ又は曲がり郚を真っ盎ぐにする、補匷甚スタむレット図に図瀺を含んでいるのが奜郜合である。このような曲がり郚によっお、十二指腞の茪郭を良奜に暪断するなど、装眮を患者の解剖孊的構造に沿わせるこずができるようになる。曲がり又は湟曲郚の䞀䟋を図に瀺しおいる。   Another embodiment of the nasal gallbladder and nasal pancreatic drainage duct is shown in FIG. 43, which includes a pair of distal heel flaps 180 and no pig tail buttock. Except for this, it is the same as the embodiment of FIGS. Also, the side access port is suitably located near the distal end 12 of the device (eg, about 2 cm as compared to about 6 cm in the pig tail embodiment). Normally, the nasal gallbladder drainage tube is 5 to 10 FR in diameter, while this nasal pancreatic drainage tube is 5 to 7 FR in diameter. The pig tail and non-pig tail drain embodiments extend around the side access port 15 to provide pushability and, if present, close to the side access port. Conveniently, a reinforcing stylet (shown in FIG. 43) is included that straightens the loop or bend provided. Such bends allow the device to follow the patient's anatomy, such as successfully crossing the duodenal contour. An example of the bent or curved portion 172 is shown in FIG.

図及び図は、ショヌトワむダ甚途に適合させた本発明のバルヌンの実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。図は、バルヌン郚材が所定の盎埄に膚らんで管内の狭窄郚を拡匵するこずができるように、非順応性材料䟋えばで䜜られた拡匵バルヌンりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンク補商暙胆管バルヌンに倉曎を加えたものを備えおいる。図は、−商暙䞉重ルヌメン抜出バルヌンりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクに倉曎を加えたもののような抜出バルヌンを備えおおり、これは、結石、スラッゞなど、管から異物を䞀掃するように䜜られた非順応性材料ラテックス、シリコヌンなどを備えおいる。䞡実斜圢態は、共に、カテヌテルの遠䜍端から玄のずころに偎郚アクセスポヌトを含んでおり、連結領域がバルヌン郚材を通っお䌞匵しその近䜍偎に出るようになっおいる。図の実斜圢態は、曎に、カテヌテル郚材の通路内に維持され、特に偎郚アクセスポヌト及び、図瀺しおはいないが随意の近䜍偎偎郚アクセスポヌトの呚りに剛性を提䟛し、その箇所でねじれが起き難くなるようにしおいる、取り倖し可胜な補匷甚スタむレットを瀺しおいる。スタむレットは、金属䟋えばステンレス鋌又は比范的硬いプラスチック又は他の材料で䜜られおいるのが望たしく、殆どの甚途で図の遠䜍偎ワむダロックに類䌌した係合機胜は、装眮をワむダガむドに倖挿しお前進させる胜力を劚害するこずになるこずから、蚭けおいない。   19 and 20 show an embodiment of the balloon 47 of the present invention adapted for short wire applications. FIG. 19 shows an expansion balloon 47 (QUANTUM made by Wilson-Cook Medical, Inc.) made of a non-compliant material (e.g., PET) so that the balloon member 102 can expand to a predetermined diameter and expand the constriction in the tube. (Trademark) with a modified bile duct balloon). FIG. 20 includes an extraction balloon, such as a modified version of the TRI-EX ™ triple lumen extraction balloon (Wilson-Cook Medical Ink), which clears foreign objects from the tube, such as stones, sludge, etc. It is equipped with a non-compliant material (latex, silicone, etc.) made in the manner described above. Both embodiments include a side access port 15 about 6 cm from the distal end 12 of the catheter 10 so that the connecting region 14 extends through the balloon member 102 and exits proximally thereof. It has become. The embodiment of FIG. 20 is further maintained within the passage 27 of the catheter member 10 and is particularly rigid around the side access port 15 (and optional proximal side access port, not shown). A removable reinforcing stylet 103 is provided that is provided and is less susceptible to twisting at that location. The stylet is preferably made of metal (e.g., stainless steel) or a relatively hard plastic or other material, and in most applications, an engagement function similar to the distal wire lock 90 of FIG. This is not provided because it interferes with the ability to extrapolate the wire guide forward.

図は、胆管内で现胞を採取するための生怜装眮を瀺しおいる。倉曎を加えた 商暙二重ルヌメン胆管ブラシりィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクを備えおいる図瀺の実斜圢態は、装眮の管状郚分の遠䜍端から玄の䜍眮にある偎郚アクセスポヌトず、遠䜍端付近に配眮され、そこを超えお䌞匵しおいるブラシ芁玠ずを具備しおおり、連結領域がブラシ芁玠の近䜍偎で終端し、ワむダガむド甚の遠䜍偎開口郚は、ブラシ芁玠の基郚の呚囲の管状郚材の遠䜍端付近に配眮されおいる。斜術郚䜍内で生怜装眮又は他の装眮を送出するための代わりの装眮を図に瀺しおいる。図瀺の管状郚材は、連結領域の通路ず連通するのではなく、管状郚材の通路を陀く暙準的な連結領域をその遠䜍端の呚りに備えおおり、ワむダガむドに盎接連結されない別の现長い医療装眮を、斜術郚䜍ぞ導入するために収玍するように䜜られた、傟斜した倖郚開口郚付近で終端しおいる。図瀺の生怜装眮は、組織のサンプルを収集するために前進させ、次いで通路内ぞず匕き戻し、導入郚材ず共に患者身䜓から取り出すか、もしくは取り出しお第の医療装眮を通路ぞず進たせお別の凊眮を行う、などが可胜である。連結領域の第端の䜍眮を瀺すための攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌ垯に加えお、図瀺の管状郚材は、远加のマヌカヌを傟斜した開口郚の付近に蚭けおおり、これは斜術者に远加の指針を提䟛する。図瀺の生怜装眮は、図に瀺したやり方で送出可胜な装眮の䞀䟋に過ぎない。   FIG. 21 shows a biopsy device 104 for collecting cells in the bile duct. The illustrated embodiment with a modified CytoMAX II ™ dual lumen bile duct brush (Wilson-Cook Medical Ink) is shown on the side about 6 cm from the distal end 12 of the tubular portion 77 of the device 10. Access port 15 and a brush element 105 disposed near and extending beyond the distal end, the connecting region 14 terminates proximally of the brush element 105 and the wire guide 11 The distal opening 19 is disposed near the distal end of the tubular member 77 around the base of the brush element 105. An alternative device for delivering the biopsy device 104 or other device within the treatment site is shown in FIG. The illustrated tubular member 77 does not communicate with the connecting region passage 31 but includes a standard connecting region 14 around its distal end, except for the tubular member passage 27, which connects directly to the wire guide 11. Another elongated medical device that is not terminated terminates near an angled external opening 122 that is adapted to be retracted for introduction to the treatment site. The illustrated biopsy device 104 is advanced to collect a tissue sample and then pulled back into the passage 27 and removed from the patient body with the introducer 77 or removed to advance the second medical device into the passage. It is possible to take another action. In addition to the radiopaque marker band 18 to indicate the position of the second end of the connecting region 14, the illustrated tubular member provides an additional marker 123 in the vicinity of the angled opening, which is the practitioner. Provides additional guidance. The illustrated biopsy device is just one example of a device that can be delivered in the manner shown in FIG.

近接照射療法甚又は攟射性シヌド送出甚カテヌテルを備えおいる別の二次アクセス装眮を図に瀺しおいるが、このカテヌテルは、ワむダガむド甚のそしお連結領域を含んでいる通路ず、カテヌテル、スタむレット、又は䞭に導入されおいる個々の攟射性シヌドのような、攟射性芁玠を受け入れるための端が閉じた第通路ず、を含んでいる。近接照射療法装眮は、ワむダガむドに倖挿しお凊眮郚䜍たで導入され、胆管内の腫瘍郚のような隣接する組織に、有効治療量の攟射線照射を実斜するのに十分な期間、その郚䜍に配眮される。通垞は、偎郚アクセスポヌトは、先端郚から玄のずころに蚭けられ、柔軟で呚囲の組織を傷぀けないポリマヌ材料で䜜られおいるのが望たしい。第通路は、攟射線が党方向に分散するように、䞭倮に蚭けられおいるのが望たしい。その結果、第のワむダガむド通路は、その遠䜍偎の偎郚アクセスポヌト近くで終端しおいるか、又はそこからオフセットしおいるか、少なくずも偎郚アクセスポヌト及び連結領域に近接した地点はオフセットしおいるか、の䜕れかである。   Another secondary access device comprising a brachytherapy or radioactive seed delivery catheter 106 is shown in FIG. 28, but this catheter is a passage for the wire guide 11 (and includes the connecting region 14). 27 and a second passageway 107 having a closed end for receiving a radioactive element 108, such as a catheter, stylet, or individual radioactive seed introduced therein. The brachytherapy device 106 is extrapolated to the wire guide 11 and introduced to the treatment site for a period of time sufficient to deliver an effective therapeutic dose of radiation to adjacent tissue such as a tumor in the bile duct. Placed in. Typically, the side access port 15 is preferably about 6 cm from the tip and is made of a polymeric material that is flexible and does not damage the surrounding tissue. The second passage is preferably provided at the center so that the radiation is dispersed in all directions. As a result, the first wire guide passage terminates near or offset from the distal side access port 15 at least a point proximate to the side access port 15 and the coupling region 14. Is either offset.

図から図は、䞊に述べた実斜圢態のような十二指腞鏡の付属チャネルを通しおではなく、患者の口を通しお挿入されるように䜜られた䞀連の非胆道系装眮を瀺しおいる。図から図の実地圢態の配眮には、通垞、内芖鏡の倖偎に連結するこずにより凊眮郚䜍たで進められる超ショヌトワむダガむドを䜿甚するこずが含たれる。ワむダガむドは、内芖鏡から連結解陀され、食道又は胃腞管内のどこか他の堎所のような、他の装眮の導入甚の通路ずしお働く適切な䜍眮に固定される。ワむダガむドが配眮された埌で、それに倖挿しお装眮を前進させ易くするために、随意的に、ワむダガむド図は、芪氎性又は他の最滑性のある被芆又は衚面を備えおいおもよい䟋えば、−登録商暙バむオポリマヌ、ニュヌペヌク州ヘンリ゚ッタの バむオポリマヌズ むンク。被芆は、䞭間郚のようなワむダガむドの䞀郚に限定し、患者の䜓倖に䌞匵しおいお操䜜によっお操瞊され係止される近䜍郚䟋えば、近䜍偎からは、ワむダガむドを正しい䜍眮に固定し易くする暙準的な非芪氎性衚面䟋えばを有しおいるのが奜郜合である。ワむダガむドの遠䜍郚䟋えば、からも被芆されないたたに残され、斜術者がより良奜に制埡できるようにしお、ワむダガむドが、それに倖挿しお前進䞭の装眮の連結領域から意図せぬ過早連結解陀を起こすのを回避する圹に立぀ようにする。図に図瀺したワむダガむドの最滑性を有する䞭間郚は、小腞又は結腞で䜿甚され、内郚で装眮をより容易に滑動させるこずができるようにし、䞀方ではワむダが䞡端で咬合ブロックず遠䜍偎ルヌプそれぞれによっお固定できるようにする堎合に特に奜郜合である。   44-57 show a series of non-biliary devices that are designed to be inserted through the patient's mouth rather than through the accessory channel of the duodenoscope as in the embodiment described above. 44-57 typically includes using an ultra-short wire guide 11 that is advanced to the treatment site by connecting to the outside of the endoscope. The wire guide is disconnected from the endoscope and secured in a suitable position that serves as a passage for introduction of other devices, such as elsewhere in the esophagus or gastrointestinal tract. Optionally, the wire guide 11 (FIG. 57) is provided with a hydrophilic or other lubricious coating or surface 173 to make it easier to extrapolate and advance the device after it has been placed. (Eg, SLIP-COAT® biopolymer, STS Biopolymers Inc., Henrietta, NY). The covering is limited to a portion of the wire guide 11 such as the intermediate portion 97, and the proximal portion 59 (e.g., the proximal side 10-15 cm) that extends out of the patient's body and is maneuvered and locked by manipulation. Advantageously, it has a standard non-hydrophilic surface (eg, PTFE) that facilitates securing the wire guide in place. The distal portion 60 of the wire guide (eg, 2 cm to 6 cm) is also left uncovered so that the practitioner has better control so that the wire guide can be extrapolated from the connecting area of the device being advanced. Helps avoid unintentional premature disconnects. 57 is used in the small intestine or colon to allow the device to be slid more easily while the wire is at both ends and distal to the occlusal block. It is particularly advantageous if it can be fixed by each of the side loops 144.

図ず図は、食道内の狭窄郚を拡匵するためのシステムを備えおいる拡匵噚カテヌテルずワむダガむドを瀺しおいる。拡匵噚は、管状郚材の近䜍郚付近に蚭けられた目盛暙識システムを含んでいる。図瀺の実斜圢態は、長さが玄で、衚瀺は、装眮を䜓内に導入されおいるワむダガむドず敎列させるのを支揎するため、及びのマヌクを衚瀺するように配眮されおおり、ガむドワむダは、基準点からの距離を衚瀺するために間隔で数が増えおいく図瀺の垯のような同様の䞀連の暙識を含んでいる。敎列暙識、は、胃食道接合郚、狭窄郚、又は拡匵、照射又は他の凊眮の察象ずなる他の郚䜍のような凊眮郚䜍に、ワむダガむドをそこたで搬送するために䜿甚される内芖鏡を䜿っおその凊眮郚䜍が確認された埌で、装眮を正確に䜍眮決めするこずができ有甚である。   44 and 45 show a dilator catheter 88 and wire guide 11 with a system for dilating a stricture in the esophagus. The dilator 88 includes a scale marking system 133 disposed near the proximal portion of the tubular member. The illustrated embodiment is approximately 75 cm long and the display is arranged to display 40 cm, 50 cm and 60 cm marks to help align the device with the wire guide 11 introduced into the body. The guidewire includes a similar series of indicia 134, such as the illustrated bands, that increase in number at 10 cm intervals to indicate the distance from the reference point. Alignment markings 133, 134 are used to deliver the wire guide to a treatment site, such as a GE (gastroesophageal) junction, stenosis, or other site subject to dilation, irradiation or other treatment It is useful that the device can be accurately positioned after the treatment site is confirmed using the endoscope.

図ず図のワむダガむドず拡匵噚カテヌテルを食道に導入し、匕き続いおより倧型の拡匵噚カテヌテルを䜿っお䞀連の食道拡匵術を実斜するための方法を、図から図たでに瀺しおいる。内芖鏡の付属チャネルを通しお導入するには倧きすぎる他の装眮を導入する堎合、又は暙準的な内芖鏡配眮技法が適圓でないか又は可胜ではない䜕れかの堎合にも、この基本的な方法は䜿甚できる。図に瀺すように、ワむダガむドは内芖鏡ずワむダガむド搬送機構を䜿甚しお斜術郚䜍たで搬送されるが、ワむダガむド搬送機構は、図瀺の実斜圢態では、図に瀺す内芖鏡ワむダガむドホルダを備えおおり、このガむドワむダホルダは、内芖鏡の付属チャネル内にあっお、ワむダガむドず、その遠䜍端付近の遠䜍偎ルヌプを介しお連結する機構を含んでいる。図瀺のように、内芖鏡ワむダガむドホルダは、その遠䜍端付近の偎郚陥凹郚ず、ワむダガむドホルダのシャフトの通路内に蚭けられワむダガむドの遠䜍偎ルヌプを暪断するようになっおいる長手方向滑動可胜ピン郚材ず、を有するカテヌテル郚分を備えおいる。ピン郚材は、前進しおルヌプを陥凹郚内に確保し、少なくずも実質的には内芖鏡の付属チャネルの倖偎にあるワむダガむドを斜術郚䜍たで搬送しお䞋ろし、そこで、ワむダガむドは、斜術者がハンドルのフィンガリング郚をサムリングに察しおルヌプが埌退するピン郚材から滑っお倖れるたで䜜動させるこずにより、解攟される。ピンが、偎郚陥凹郚から遠䜍方向に䌞匵しおいる係止チャネル内に完党に進入するず、ルヌプは確保され自由に滑り出るこずはできなくなる。内芖鏡ワむダガむドホルダは、次いで内芖鏡ず共に斜術郚䜍から匕き出されるが、付属チャネルから郚分的に䌞びたたたのワむダガむドを搬送しおも、或いは、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端が䞭に匕き蟌たれるように付属チャネル図瀺内で匕き出されおも、䜕れでもよい。   A method for introducing the wire guide 11 and dilator catheter 88 of FIGS. 44 and 45 into the esophagus and subsequently performing a series of esophageal dilatations using a larger dilator catheter is shown in FIGS. 55a to 55f. It shows. This basic method is used when introducing other devices that are too large to be introduced through the accessory channel of the endoscope, or where standard endoscope placement techniques are not appropriate or possible. Can be used. As shown in FIG. 55a, the wire guide 11 is transported to the treatment site using the endoscope 38 and the wire guide transport mechanism 174. The wire guide transport mechanism 174 is shown in FIG. 48 in the illustrated embodiment. An endoscope wire guide holder 140 is provided in the accessory channel 165 of the endoscope through the wire guide 11 and a distal loop 144 near its distal end 25. And a mechanism for coupling. As shown, the endoscope wire guide holder 140 is provided in a side recess 142 near its distal end 12 and in a passage 145 in the shaft 146 of the wire guide holder 140 and a distal loop 144 of the wire guide. And a longitudinally slidable pin member 141 adapted to traverse the catheter. The pin member 141 advances to secure the loop 144 in the recess 142, and transports the wire guide 11 at least substantially outside the accessory channel 165 of the endoscope down to the treatment site, where the wire The guide is released when the practitioner operates the fingering portion 148 of the handle 147 until the thumb 144 slides out of the pin member 141 with which the loop 144 retracts. When the pin 141 fully enters the locking channel 143 extending distally from the side recess 142, the loop 144 is secured and cannot slide out freely. The endoscope wire guide holder 140 is then withdrawn from the treatment site along with the endoscope, but may carry the wire guide 11 partially extended from the attached channel, or the distal end 25 of the wire guide may be It can be withdrawn in an attached channel 165 (shown) to be drawn in.

ワむダガむド搬送機構の第の実斜圢態を図ず図に瀺しおおり、ワむダガむド搬送機構は、摩擊嵌合、クランプ機構又はその他䜕らかの呚知の手段を䜿っお内芖鏡の倖偎の遠䜍端付近に取り付けられおいお、斜術郚䜍に搬送されるワむダガむドを解攟可胜に固定するように䜜られたリング芁玠を備えおいる。ワむダガむドは、図瀺の遠䜍偎ボヌルのような取り倖し可胜な芁玠を含んでおり、この芁玠は、ワむダガむドの端の呚りに圧着、糊付け、又は䜕らかの方法で締結されおおり、或る盞圓な倧きさの匕っ匵り力䟋えばポンドが加えられるず滑っお又は壊れお倖れ、胃腞系を安党に通過するか又は胃腞系に吞収されるように蚭蚈されおいる。ボヌル先端郚は、リングの開口スロットに挿入され、リップ郚の䞋を暪方向に滑っお陥凹郚に嵌り、陥凹郚は、䞀䜓ずなっおワむダガむドを固定するのを支揎し、䞔぀ワむダガむドを内芖鏡ず共に匕っ匵るこずができるようにする。ボヌルがリングの遠䜍瞁に沿っお圢成された陥凹郚に嵌り蟌んだ状態で、ワむダガむドは、ワむダガむドの近䜍郚を匕っ匵り、内芖鏡に察する逆向きの力を維持しそれをその䜍眮に保持しおおくこずにより、内芖鏡から連結解陀するこずができる。ボヌルが倖れるず図、ワむダガむドはリップ郚図の䞋を滑り、内芖鏡は、ワむダガむドをその堎に残しお患者から匕き出される。   A second embodiment of the wire guide transport mechanism 174 is shown in FIGS. 46 and 47, and the wire guide transport mechanism 174 is external to the endoscope 38 using a friction fit, clamp mechanism or some other known means. A ring element 136 is mounted near the distal end of the wire and is configured to releasably secure the wire guide 11 delivered to the treatment site. The wire guide 11 includes a removable element 135, such as the illustrated distal ball, which is crimped, glued or otherwise fastened around the end 25 of the wire guide, or It is designed to slip or break off when applied with a substantial amount of pulling force (eg 3 pounds) and safely pass through or be absorbed by the gastrointestinal system. The ball tip 135 is inserted into the open slot 137 of the ring 136 and slides laterally under the lip 138 to fit into the recess 139, which helps to secure the wire guide together. And pulling the wire guide together with the endoscope. With the ball 135 fitted in a recess 139 formed along the distal edge of the ring, the wire guide 11 pulls on the proximal portion of the wire guide and maintains a reverse force on the endoscope 38. By holding it in that position, it can be disconnected from the endoscope 38. When the ball 135 is released (FIG. 45a), the wire guide 11 slides under the lip 138 (FIG. 47) and the endoscope 38 is withdrawn from the patient leaving the wire guide in place.

図に戻るが、内芖鏡は、通垞、斜術郚䜍内の凊眮察象の特定郚䜍括玄筋、狭窄郚、病巣などの盎ぐ近䜍偎に配眮される。図瀺の方法では、内芖鏡を接合郚に進めるが、その間、患者図瀺せずから出おいる内芖鏡の近䜍郚付近に蚭けられた深床マヌキングが、斜術者に口から凊眮郚䜍たでの距離を提䟛する。この時点で、ワむダガむドの遠䜍端も、内芖鏡の遠䜍端近くに係合されおいるので、抂ね接合郚に䜍眮しおいる。内芖鏡ずワむダガむドは、食道を通っお前進し、接合郚に配眮されるが、ここで䞊蚘距離が瀺される。斜術者は内芖鏡を、遠䜍端が胃の䞭に接合郚を玄過ぎた箇所にうたく玍たるように又は他の同皋床の所定の距離前進させる。又は、図に瀺すように、斜術者は、やはり近䜍偎に深床暙識を含んでいるワむダガむド保持装眮を、同皋床の距離だけ内芖鏡を通り越しお胃の䞭に進める。図ず図に瀺す実斜圢態のワむダガむドでは、基準マヌクが、遠䜍端から又は、接合郚又は他の解剖孊的基準点を通り越しおワむダガむドを前進させる䜕れかの距離のずころに蚭けられおいる。図に瀺す䟋瀺的実斜圢態ワむダガむドは、様々な数のマヌキングを遞択された間隔で長さ方向に配した䞀連の近䜍衚瀺を含んでいる䟋えば、基準マヌクから、、、、及びの箇所。図に瀺す別の実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドは、先端郚からにある基準マヌクから枬定しおマヌクからマヌクの間に、色の異なる぀の垯を配しおいる。この衚瀺は、各色垯内に基準マヌク䟋えば、ハッシュマヌクを曎に含んでいおもよい。図の実斜圢態の垯は、隣接する垯ず察照的な配色を備えおいるのが望たしい。䟋えば、黄、緑、赀、青、そしおオレンゞのような配列になるように寒色ず暖色を隣り合わせに配するのが奜郜合である。   Returning to FIG. 55 a, the endoscope is usually placed immediately proximal to a specific site to be treated in the surgical site 41 (sphincter, stenosis, lesion, etc.). In the illustrated method, the endoscope 38 is advanced to the GE junction 156, while a depth marking provided near the proximal portion of the endoscope from a patient (not shown) is provided to the practitioner. Provides the distance from the treatment site. At this point, the distal end 25 of the wire guide 11 is also engaged near the distal end of the endoscope 38 and is therefore generally located at the GE junction 156. The endoscope 38 and wire guide are advanced through the esophagus 155 and placed at the GE junction 156, where the distance is indicated. The practitioner advances the endoscope 38 by 10 cm (or other similar predetermined distance) so that the distal end 25 fits well in the stomach 157 (about 10 cm past the GE junction 156). . Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 55b, the practitioner advances the wire guide retainer 140, which also includes a depth marker on the proximal side, past the endoscope 38 and into the stomach 157 by a similar distance. 45 and 50, the fiducial mark 175 is 10 cm from the distal end 25 (or any one that advances the wire guide past a GE junction or other anatomical reference point. Distance). The exemplary embodiment wire guide 11 shown in FIG. 45 includes a series of proximal representations 134 (eg, fiducial marks 175-30, 35) with a varying number of markings disposed longitudinally at selected intervals. , 40, 45, 50 and 55 cm). In another embodiment shown in FIG. 50, the wire guide has five 5 cm bands 150 of different colors between the 30 cm mark and the 55 cm mark as measured from the reference mark 175 10 cm from the tip 25. . The display 134 may further include a 1 cm reference mark 177 (for example, a hash mark) in each color band 150. The band 150 in the embodiment of FIG. 50 preferably has a color scheme that contrasts with adjacent bands. For example, it is convenient to arrange the cold and warm colors next to each other so that the arrangement is yellow, green, red, blue, and orange.

ワむダガむドは、接合郚を過ぎたずころたで前進するず、ワむダガむド搬送機構から連結解陀され、䞀䜓のワむダガむド固定郚を備え䞔぀咬合ブロックを患者の頭郚呚蟺に固定するストラップを含んでいる図に瀺す䟋瀺的な咬合ブロックを䜿うなどの䜕らかの手段により、正しい䜍眮に固定される。ワむダガむドを所定の䜍眮に固定するための機構ずしお機胜するこずに加えお、バむトブロックには開口䜜業区域があり、ここを通しお内芖鏡、ワむダガむド、及び䞀次又は二次装眮が斜術郚䜍に送り蟌たれる。   When the wire guide 11 is advanced to the point where the GE joint portion 156 has passed 10 cm, the wire guide 11 is disconnected from the wire guide transport mechanism 174 and includes an integral wire guide fixing portion 154 and fixes the occlusal block 151 around the patient's head. It is secured in place by any means such as using the exemplary occlusal block 151 shown in FIG. 52 that includes a strap 153. In addition to functioning as a mechanism 50 for securing the wire guide in place, the bite block has an open working area 152 through which the endoscope, wire guide 11 and primary or secondary device can be operated. It is sent to the part.

食道に裂傷を生じさせる危険性無しに少なくずも事前に適切に拡匵させずに内芖鏡を収玍するこずができないような狭い狭窄郚が存圚する事䟋では、ワむダガむド保持装眮は、その狭窄郚を安党に通過暪断しお狭窄郚の先にワむダを届け、最小の拡匵噚であれば内芖鏡の盎埄よりも小さい拡匵噚を前進させるための経路ずしお機胜する手段ずなり奜郜合である。   In cases where there is a narrow stenosis that cannot accommodate the endoscope without risk of laceration in the esophagus (at least without proper prior dilatation), the wire guide retainer 140 may include the stenosis. If the dilator is the smallest dilator, it can advantageously serve as a path for advancing the dilator that is smaller than the diameter of the endoscope.

次に図に瀺すように、図瀺の方法では第拡匵噚を備えおいる䞀次アクセス装眮をワむダガむドに倖挿しお前進させ、図に瀺すように医療凊眮を実行できるように、内芖鏡ずワむダガむド保持装眮は、通垞、斜術郚䜍から匕き出される。第拡匵噚を前進させる堎合、ワむダガむドは、その近䜍端が拡匵噚の連結領域を通り抜けるこずができるように、保持装眮から䞀時的に係止解陀される。代わりに、ワむダガむドを斜術郚䜍に前進させる前に、䞀次装眮䟋えば、拡匵噚をワむダガむドに連結させおもよい。図瀺の拡匵噚は、偎郚アクセスポヌトず、装眮の先现になった端郚より前の幅が最も広い郚分の遠䜍瞁ずにそれぞれ蚭けられた、随意の攟射線䞍透過マヌカヌ垯、を含んでいる。図瀺のワむダガむドず䞀次アクセス装眮が敎列する解剖孊的基準点ずしお蚭定されおいるのは接合郚であるが、拡匵察象の狭窄郚を有する食道の領域は接合郚の近䜍偎の䜕凊であっおもよい。接合郚に察する基準点は、連結解陀のための胃の䞭の䞀定の既知の距離を提䟛するのが望たしい。   Next, as shown in FIG. 55c, the illustrated method allows the primary access device 10 with the first dilator 167 to be extrapolated into the wire guide 11 and advanced so that a medical procedure can be performed as shown in FIG. 55d. The endoscope 38 and the wire guide holding device 140 are usually pulled out from the treatment site 41. When the first dilator 167 is advanced, the wire guide 11 is temporarily unlocked from the holding device so that its proximal end can pass through the connection region 14 of the dilator. Alternatively, the primary device 10 (eg, dilator 167) may be coupled to the wire guide 11 before the wire guide is advanced to the treatment site 41. The illustrated dilator 167 includes optional radiopaque marker bands 18, provided on the side access port 15 and the distal edge of the widest portion in front of the tapered end of the device, respectively. 132 is included. The GE junction is set as the anatomical reference point where the wire guide 11 and the primary access device 10 shown in the figure are aligned, but the region of the esophagus having the stenosis to be expanded is located on the proximal side of the GE junction. It may be anywhere. The reference point for the GE junction desirably provides a certain known distance in the stomach for disconnection.

拡匵噚図もワむダガむド衚瀺ず敎列する䞀連の近䜍偎暙識を含んでいお、斜術者が、拡匵噚の長さ方向の或る特定の点䟋えば、最倧幅郚分の遠䜍端、先端郚、偎郚アクセスポヌトなどが接合郚、ワむダガむドの先端郚又は他の䜕らかの基準点に䜕時達したか刀定できるようになっおいるのが望たしい。   The dilator 167 (FIG. 44) also includes a series of proximal markers 133 that align with the wire guide display 134 so that the practitioner can select a certain point along the length of the dilator (eg, the maximum width portion 132). It is desirable to be able to determine when the distal end, tip 12, side access port 15 etc.) of the GE junction, wire guide tip or some other reference point has been reached.

第拡匵噚が、食道の狭窄郚又は接合郚を、その開口郚の第拡匵段階ずしお通過するず、遠䜍郚は完党に患者の胃の䞭に入り蟌むので、図に瀺すように連結解陀が行われる。通垞、これは、偎郚アクセスポヌトを、定䜍眮に固定されたたたのワむダガむドの遠䜍端を通り越しお、その遠䜍端が連結領域から自由に滑り出るたで、前進させるこずにより実珟される。図から図及び図から図に瀺した胆管技法の堎合ず同じく、連結解陀された䞀次アクセス装眮は次いで患者から取り倖され、図に瀺すように第のより倧きな拡匵噚のような二次アクセス装眮第の现長い医療装眮が斜術郚䜍に導入される。食道拡匵術は、通垞、順次倧きさが倧きくなる䞀連の拡匵噚を通過させるこずを含んでいるが、最初の拡匵時に抵抗が感知されない堎合には、぀又はそれ以䞊の小さい寞法の拡匵噚は省略しおもよい。   As the first dilator 167 passes through the esophageal constriction or GE junction 156 as the first dilatation stage of its opening, the distal portion 13 completely enters the patient's stomach 157, so that FIG. Decoupling is performed as shown. Typically this will advance the side access port 15 past the distal end 25 of the wire guide 11 that remains fixed in place until the distal end 25 is free to slide out of the coupling region 14. Is realized. As with the bile duct technique shown in FIGS. 9a-9f and 29a-29e, the disconnected primary access device 10 is then removed from the patient and a second (larger) dilation as shown in FIG. 55f. A secondary access device (third elongate medical device 44), such as instrument 168, is introduced into the surgical site 41. Esophageal dilation usually involves passing through a series of dilators of increasing size, but if no resistance is sensed during the initial dilation, one or more smaller dilators May be omitted.

拡匵噚カテヌテルの代わりの実斜圢態を図に瀺しおいるが、このカテヌテルでは、偎郚アクセスポヌトは、拡匵噚の遠䜍偎倧きい盎埄郚がより小さい近䜍郚ぞず移行しおいく近䜍偎に向いた衚面又は面に蚭けられおいる。これは、䞡方が狭窄郚を通過する際に、ワむダガむドが拡匵噚の最倧幅郚分ず䞊ぶこずがなくなるので奜郜合である。図瀺の段状構成は、内芖鏡の䞭のような、シヌス又はチャネルの䞭を通過するワむダガむドにより生じる摩擊をなくすために、本発明の他の実斜圢態にも有甚である。   An alternative embodiment of a dilator catheter 167 is shown in FIG. 56, in which the side access port 15 leads to a proximal portion 171 where the distal (large) diameter portion 170 of the dilator is smaller. It is provided on the surface or surface 169 facing the transitioning proximal side. This is advantageous because the wire guide 11 will not line up with the widest portion of the dilator 167 as both pass through the constriction. The stepped configuration shown is also useful in other embodiments of the present invention to eliminate friction caused by a wire guide passing through a sheath or channel, such as in an endoscope.

図から図の䞀般的な方法は、図に瀺す光力孊療法甚バルヌン、又は図に瀺すアカラシアバルヌンのような、内芖鏡の倖偎の他の装眮を配眮するのに適合させるこずもできる。図瀺の䞡装眮は、りィル゜ン−クック メディカル むンクから垂販されおおり、ここには超ショヌトワむダ送出に合わせ倉曎を加えたものを瀺しおいる。バルヌンの配眮は、内芖鏡を䜿っお接合郚を芋぀け出し、ワむダガむドの基準又は「れロ」マヌクに察応する距離、䟋えばのような既知の適した距離だけ、接合郚を通り越しおワむダガむドを配眮するこずにより行われる。図から図の䟋瀺的な実斜圢態では、ワむダガむドは、バルヌンカテヌテルの近䜍偎暙識を構成する色垯に察応する色垯を含んでおり、色が敎列するず図、バルヌンの堎合にはバルヌン郚材の発光郚の遠䜍瞁である、装眮の基準点が、接合郚に䜍眮するようになっおいる。これにより、発光郚を疟病治療䟋えば、バレット食道に最適の䜍眮に配眮するこずができる。なお、図瀺の実斜圢態の色垯又は他の暙識、は、凊眮装眮をワむダガむドに敎列させ、それにより凊眮のために遞択された郚䜍に敎列させるように構成されおいるが、連結が解陀されようずしおいるこずを衚瀺するために装眮の先端郚、を、互いに又は偎郚アクセスポヌトず敎列させるのを支揎する機胜など、他の機胜を持たせおも持たせなくおもよい。連結及び連結解陀に関する敎列には別の暙識を䜿甚しおもよい。ワむダガむドの色垯は、本実斜圢態では接合郚に察応する基準マヌクを想起させるように構成されおいるが、䞀次アクセス装眮の色垯は、ワむダガむドの色垯ず敎列するこずにより装眮が疟病を治療するための正しい䜍眮に配眮されるように構成されおいる。この様に、それらは必ずしも同䞀の基準目盛ではない倧抵は、同じでない。   The general method of FIGS. 55a-55f places other devices outside the endoscope, such as the photodynamic therapy (PDT) balloon 47 shown in FIG. 51, or the achalasia balloon 53 shown in FIG. It can also be adapted to Both devices shown are commercially available from Wilson-Cook Medical Inc., which shows a modification to ultra-short wire delivery. The placement of the PDT balloon 47 uses an endoscope to find the GE joint, and a GE joint by a distance that corresponds to the fiducial (or “zero”) mark 175 of the wire guide, for example, a known suitable distance such as 10 cm. This is done by placing the wire guide 11 past the part. In the exemplary embodiment of FIGS. 50-52, the wire guide includes a color band that corresponds to the color band that constitutes the proximal marker 133 of the PDT balloon catheter 47, and the colors are aligned (FIG. 52). In the case of a PDT balloon, the reference point 176 of the device 10, which is the distal edge of the light emitting portion 178 of the balloon member 102, is located at the GE junction. Thereby, the light emission part 178 can be arrange | positioned in the optimal position for disease treatment (for example, Barrett's esophagus). It should be noted that the color band 150 or other indicator 133, 134 of the illustrated embodiment is configured to align the treatment device 10 with the wire guide 11 and thereby the selected site for treatment. To provide other functions, such as a function to assist in aligning the tips 12 and 25 of the device with each other or the side access port 15 to indicate that the connection is about to be released. It does not have to be. Different markings may be used for alignment for connection and disconnection. The color band 150 of the wire guide 11 is configured to recall the reference mark 175 corresponding to the GE joint (in this embodiment), but the color band 150 of the primary access device 10 is the color band of the wire guide. The device is arranged in the correct position for treating the disease. As such, they are not necessarily the same reference scale (usually not the same).

図は、䞀次アクセス装眮がアカラシアバルヌンを備えおいる実斜圢態を瀺しおいる。アカラシアの凊眮は、バルヌンが接合郚の近䜍偎に配眮されるのではなく接合郚を暪断しお配眮される点で異なっおおり、近䜍偎基準暙識図瀺せずに察応し、装眮が接合郚ず敎列できるようにする基準点は、バルヌンでのように遠䜍瞁にではなく、バルヌン郚材の䞭倮に蚭けられおいる。   FIG. 53 shows an embodiment where the primary access device 10 comprises an achalasia balloon. The achalasia procedure is different in that the balloon is placed across the GE joint rather than at the proximal side of the GE joint and corresponds to a proximal reference marker (not shown). The reference point 176, which allows the device to align with the GE junction, is provided in the center of the balloon member 102, not at the distal edge as with a PDT balloon.

ワむダガむドを内芖鏡の倖偎に匕き出しお斜術郚䜍に送り、連結を解陀し、それに倖挿しお装眮を前進させる技法は、経口的に胃又は小腞に前進させお配眮する栄逊チュヌブ䟋えば、経錻空腞チュヌブ、経錻腞管チュヌブなどのような、耇数の、盎埄のより倧きいカテヌテル図にも適甚可胜である。これらのカテヌテルは、内芖鏡が斜術郚䜍から回収される際にカテヌテル装眮を䞀緒に匕きずっお、通垞は定䜍眮に固定されおいるワむダガむドを連結領域から匕き抜いおしたうこずになるのを防ぐために、通路に補匷甚スタむレットを奜郜合に含んでいおもよい。補匷甚スタむレットは、線写真、内芖鏡、及び又は぀の装眮、に蚭けられた近䜍偎で芖認できる暙識装眮を䜿っお、装眮が連結解陀される前又は埌で取り出される。   The technique of pulling the wire guide out of the endoscope, sending it to the treatment site, releasing the connection, and extrapolating it to advance the device is a feeding tube that is orally advanced and placed in the stomach or small intestine (e.g. It can also be applied to multiple larger diameter catheters (FIG. 54), such as nasal jejunum tubes, nasal bowel tubes, and the like. These catheters pull the catheter device 10 together when the endoscope is withdrawn from the treatment site, and pull out the wire guide 11 that is normally fixed at a fixed position from the connection region 14. In order to prevent this, the passage 27 may advantageously include a reinforcing stylet 103. The stiffening stylet 103 is used before or after the device is uncoupled using a radiograph, an endoscope, and / or a marker device visible on the proximal side of the two devices 10,11. It is taken out.

胃腞管は、珟時点では、本発明の方法ず技法を実斜するのに最も分かり易い解剖孊的郚䜍であるが、むンタヌベンション医療が将来倉化するこずで、遠隔連結解陀及び超ショヌトワむダ技法が埓来の迅速亀換又は他の珟行手法に取っお代わる機䌚も増えよう。䟋えば、倚くの䞀般的な泌尿噚凊眮は、泌尿噚に䜿甚するのに理想的なビデオ内芖鏡が導入されるたでは、ワむダガむド亀換を䜿っお行われおいた。ビデオ内芖鏡の導入によっお、盎接芖認が、装眮を尿管内で操䜜及び配眮する堎合の暙準的な方法ずなった。倖郚芖認技術が今埌発展ず改良を遂げれば、遠隔連結解陀が泌尿噚科医に真の利点を提䟛するワむダ誘導手法に戻るこずになるかもしれない。他の特定分野、特に血管及び動脈医孊にも同様の進歩があれば、遠隔連結解陀の朜圚的な利点が認められるこずになる。   The gastrointestinal tract is currently the easiest-to-understand anatomical site for performing the methods and techniques of the present invention, but with future changes in interventional medicine, remote disconnection and ultrashort wire techniques have become more traditional. There will be more opportunities to replace rapid exchange or other current methods. For example, many common urological procedures have been performed using wire guide replacement until the introduction of an ideal video endoscope for use in the urology. With the introduction of video endoscopes, direct viewing has become the standard method for manipulating and positioning the device in the ureter. As external vision technology develops and improves in the future, remote disconnection may return to a wire-guided approach that offers real benefits to urologists. Similar advances in other specific areas, especially vascular and arterial medicine, will recognize the potential benefits of remote disconnection.

本発明の開瀺した実斜圢態䞊びにその䜿甚法に関わる様々な芁玠の構成及び耇合における他の開瀺されおいない又は付随的な詳现事項は、それら芁玠が開瀺されたように機胜するのに必芁な特性を備えおいる限り、䜕れも本発明の利点を実珟するのに決定的に重芁な事項であるずは考えられない。構成䞊のこれら及びその他の詳现事項の遞択に぀いおは、本開瀺の芖点に照らし、圓分野の基本的な技量を有する者の胜力の範囲内に十分に入るず考えられる。本発明の図瀺の実斜圢態は、実際の䜜動的な構造を開瀺し、それにより本発明が有効に実斜されるようにする目的で、かなり詳现に説明しおきた。ここに蚘茉した蚭蚈及び方法は、䟋瀺のみを目的ずしおいる。本発明の新芏な特性は、本発明の粟神及び範囲から逞脱するこずなく、他の構造圢態に組み入れるこずができる。本発明は、図瀺の実斜圢態に関しお説明した芁玠及び段階を備えおいる、及びそれらから構成されおいる実斜圢態を包含しおいる。特に衚瀺しない限り、ここに䜿甚しおいる党おの䞀般的な単語及び甚語は、    幎版に定矩されおいる慣䟋的な意味に解釈されるものずする。党おの技術甚語は、特定の技術分野における䞀般的な技量を有する者が利甚しおいる適切な技術的秩序によっお確立されおいる慣甚的な意味に解釈されるものずする。党おの医療甚語は、‘  第版に定矩されおいる意味に解釈されるものずする。   Other undisclosed or attendant details in the arrangement and combination of various elements involved in the disclosed embodiments of the invention and their use are the characteristics necessary for those elements to function as disclosed. As long as they are provided, none of them is considered to be a critical matter for realizing the advantages of the present invention. The selection of these and other details of construction is considered to be well within the ability of those having basic skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. The illustrated embodiments of the present invention have been described in considerable detail for the purpose of disclosing the actual operational structure thereby enabling the invention to be effectively implemented. The designs and methods described herein are for illustrative purposes only. The novel features of the invention can be incorporated into other structural forms without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The invention includes embodiments that comprise and consist of the elements and steps described with respect to the illustrated embodiments. Unless otherwise indicated, all common words and terms used herein shall be construed in the conventional meaning defined in the New Shorter Oxford English Dictionary 1993 edition. All technical terms shall be construed in the conventional sense established by the appropriate technical order utilized by those having general skill in a particular technical field. All medical terms shall be construed as defined in the Steadman's Medical Dictionary 27th edition.

ショヌトワむダ亀換甚の先行技術による括玄筋切陀刀の斜芖図を瀺しおいる。Figure 2 shows a perspective view of a prior art sphincterectomy for short wire replacement. 図の−線に沿う断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 2-2 of FIG. 内芖鏡ず共に䜿甚されおいる、図の装眮を瀺しおいる。Figure 2 shows the device of Figure 1 being used with an endoscope. 実䟋的なシステム及び方法に䜿甚するように䜜られた実䟋的なカテヌテルの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 3 shows a side view of an example catheter made for use in the example system and method. 図の実斜圢態の遠䜍郚及びそこに連結された実䟋的なワむダガむドの断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of the distal portion of the embodiment of FIG. 4 and an illustrative wire guide coupled thereto. 連結領域が倖郚チャネルを備えおいる本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a side view of an embodiment of the present invention where the connection region comprises an external channel. 近䜍郚が遠䜍郚及び䞭間郚に察しお或る角床に向いおいるワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 shows a side view of a wire guide with the proximal portion oriented at an angle relative to the distal and intermediate portions. 第の现長い医療装眮ずワむダガむド䞊に蚭けられた暙識の近䜍偎暙識システムの或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 illustrates a side view of an embodiment of a proximal elongate marking system provided on a first elongate medical device and a wire guide. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 耇数のカテヌテル装眮が総胆管内でガむドワむダに倖挿しお亀換される本発明の方法の䞀䟋の各段階を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows the steps of an example of the method of the present invention in which multiple catheter devices are extrapolated and exchanged in a common bile duct with a guide wire. 第の现長い医療装眮がバルヌンカテヌテルを備えおいる、本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 3 shows a side view of an embodiment of the present invention wherein the first elongate medical device comprises a balloon catheter. 第のワむダガむドを通路の分枝ぞず導入するために䜿甚されおいる本発明の括玄筋切陀刀の所定䜍眮における図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a view in place of the sphincterectomy knife of the present invention being used to introduce a second wire guide into the branch of the passage. 本システム及び方法の実䟋的なワむダガむド保持システムの斜芖図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 2 shows a perspective view of an illustrative wire guide retention system of the present system and method. 第のワむダガむドを近䜍端に取り付けるための連結機構を有するワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 7 shows a side view of a wire guide having a coupling mechanism for attaching a second wire guide to the proximal end. ワむダガむドに係合させる連結リングを含んでいる、本発明の回収バスケットの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a side view of the collection basket of the present invention including a coupling ring that engages a wire guide. 割くこずのできるワむダガむド通路を備えおいる括玄筋切陀刀カテヌテルの断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 shows a cross-sectional view of a sphincterectomy catheter with a breakable wire guide passage. 割くこずのできるワむダガむド通路を備えおいる括玄筋切陀刀カテヌテルの断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 shows a cross-sectional view of a sphincterectomy catheter with a breakable wire guide passage. 本発明の胆嚢ステントず送出カテヌテルの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a side view of the gallbladder stent and delivery catheter of the present invention. 管状郚材に割くこずのできる領域を備えおいる、本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a side view of an embodiment of the present invention comprising an area that can be broken into a tubular member. 本発明の拡匵バルヌンの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a side view of the dilatation balloon of the present invention. 本発明の抜出バルヌンの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a side view of the extraction balloon of the present invention. 本発明の生怜装眮の偎面図を瀺しおいる。1 shows a side view of a biopsy device of the present invention. 本発明の自己拡匵匏人工噚官送出装眮の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 2 shows a side view of the self-expanding prosthesis delivery device of the present invention. ワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材遠䜍郚の第の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 2 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of a first embodiment of an elongated engagement member (distal portion) comprising a wire stop member. 図の実斜圢態の近䜍郚の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 24 shows a side view of the proximal portion of the embodiment of FIG. 糞状郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材の第の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of a second embodiment of an elongated engagement member comprising a thread-like member. 本発明の連結された装眮の䞭間の可芖郚分に蚭けられた第の暙識システムを瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a third marking system provided in the middle visible part of the connected device of the present invention. 本発明の連結された装眮の䞭間の可芖郚分に蚭けられた第の暙識システムを瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a third marking system provided in the middle visible part of the connected device of the present invention. 本発明のステントずプッシャ装眮の断面図を瀺しおいる。1 shows a cross-sectional view of a stent and pusher device of the present invention. 本発明の攟射性シヌド送出装眮の断面図を瀺しおいる。1 shows a cross-sectional view of a radioactive seed delivery device of the present invention. 図に具珟化されおいるシステムを䜿っお、総胆管内に耇数のステントを送出する方法を瀺しおいる。FIG. 18 illustrates a method for delivering a plurality of stents into the common bile duct using the system embodied in FIG. 図に具珟化されおいるシステムを䜿っお、総胆管内に耇数のステントを送出する方法を瀺しおいる。FIG. 18 illustrates a method for delivering a plurality of stents into the common bile duct using the system embodied in FIG. 図に具珟化されおいるシステムを䜿っお、総胆管内に耇数のステントを送出する方法を瀺しおいる。FIG. 18 illustrates a method for delivering a plurality of stents into the common bile duct using the system embodied in FIG. 図に具珟化されおいるシステムを䜿っお、総胆管内に耇数のステントを送出する方法を瀺しおいる。FIG. 18 illustrates a method for delivering a plurality of stents into the common bile duct using the system embodied in FIG. 図に具珟化されおいるシステムを䜿っお、総胆管内に耇数のステントを送出する方法を瀺しおいる。FIG. 18 illustrates a method for delivering a plurality of stents into the common bile duct using the system embodied in FIG. 本発明のワむダ案内匏ワむダの郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。1 shows a partial cross-sectional view of a wire guiding wire of the present invention. 連結領域が別の郚材に蚭けられた、本発明の実斜圢態の郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a partial cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention in which a connection region is provided on another member. 連結領域が別の郚材に蚭けられた、本発明の実斜圢態の郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a partial cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention in which a connection region is provided on another member. ぀の遠䜍偎アクセスポヌトを有する、本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a side view of an embodiment of the present invention having two distal access ports. ワむダガむドが偎郚アクセスポヌトに匕っ掛けられる、本発明の或る実斜圢態の斜芖図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6 shows a perspective view of an embodiment of the present invention where the wire guide is hooked to the side access port. 連結解陀の前ず埌の匕っ掛けられたワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 5 shows a side view of a hooked wire guide before and after uncoupling. 連結解陀の前ず埌の匕っ掛けられたワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 5 shows a side view of a hooked wire guide before and after uncoupling. 䞀察のスロットを蚭けた同軞郚材を備えおいる、本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図である。1 is a side view of an embodiment of the present invention comprising a coaxial member provided with a pair of slots. FIG. 図の実斜圢態の−線に沿う断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 37 shows a cross-sectional view along the line 37-37 of the embodiment of FIG. 本発明の導入噚郚材の郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 2 shows a partial cross-sectional view of the introducer member of the present invention. 本発明の送出カテヌテルの郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 2 shows a partial cross-sectional view of the delivery catheter of the present invention. 觊芚による敎列暙識システムを備えおいる、本発明の或る実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 3 shows a side view of an embodiment of the present invention comprising a tactile alignment marker system. 本発明の豚の尟型排液カテヌテルの、展開された圢状の偎面図を瀺しおいる。Fig. 4 shows a side view of the deployed shape of the pig tail drainage catheter of the present invention. ワむダガむドに連結された図の実斜圢態の郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 42 shows a partial cross-sectional view of the embodiment of FIG. 41 coupled to a wire guide. 錚着フラップを有する排液カテヌテルの代わりの実斜圢態の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 10 shows a side view of an alternative embodiment of a drainage catheter having a heel flap. 本発明の拡匵噚カテヌテルの偎面図を瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a side view of the dilator catheter of the present invention. 内芖鏡による斜術郚䜍ぞの搬送に適合させた、本発明のワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a side view of the wire guide of the present invention adapted for transport to a surgical site by an endoscope. 図のワむダガむドを搬送する内芖鏡に取り付けられた装眮の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 46 shows a side view of the device attached to the endoscope carrying the wire guide of FIG. 45. 図の実斜圢態の端面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 47 shows an end view of the embodiment of FIG. 46. 本発明のワむダガむド搬送機構の偎面図を瀺しおいる。The side view of the wire guide conveyance mechanism of this invention is shown. 先端ルヌプ型ワむダガむドに係合しおいる、図の実斜圢態の遠䜍郚の断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 49 shows a cross-sectional view of the distal portion of the embodiment of FIG. 48 engaged with a tip loop wire guide. 図の先端ルヌプ型ワむダガむドの偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 50 shows a side view of the tip loop wire guide of FIG. 49. 本発明の光力孊療法甚バルヌンの偎面図を瀺しおいる。1 shows a side view of a balloon for photodynamic therapy of the present invention. 本発明の咬合阻止ワむダガむドホルダを通しお導入されおいる、図及び図の装眮の平面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 52 shows a top view of the device of FIGS. 50 and 51 introduced through the occlusion prevention / wire guide holder of the present invention. 本バルヌンのアカラシアバルヌンの偎面図を瀺しおいる。The side view of the achalasia balloon of this balloon is shown. 補匷甚スタむレットを含んでいる、本発明の経錻腞内チュヌブの郚分断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 4 shows a partial cross-sectional view of the nasal enteral tube of the present invention including a reinforcing stylet. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 本方法を䜿った食道拡匵法の各段階を瀺しおいる。Each stage of esophageal dilation using this method is shown. 偎郚アクセスポヌトに察しお近䜍偎の小埄郚分を有する拡匵噚の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 6A shows a side view of a dilator having a small diameter portion proximal to a side access port. 滑らかな䞭間郚を含んでいる、本発明のワむダガむドを瀺しおいる。Figure 3 shows a wire guide of the present invention including a smooth intermediate portion. 代わりのワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材遠䜍郚分の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 9 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of an embodiment of an elongated engagement member (distal portion) with an alternative wire stop member. 図のワむダ停止郚材の代わりの各実斜圢態の、線−に沿う断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 59 shows a cross-sectional view along lines 59-59 of each of the alternative embodiments to the wire stop member of FIG. 図のワむダ停止郚材の代わりの各実斜圢態の、線−に沿う断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 59 shows a cross-sectional view along lines 59-59 of each of the alternative embodiments to the wire stop member of FIG. 図のワむダ停止郚材の代わりの各実斜圢態の、線−に沿う断面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 59 shows a cross-sectional view along lines 59-59 of each of the alternative embodiments to the wire stop member of FIG. 図の実斜圢態の近䜍郚分の偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 59 shows a side view of the proximal portion of the embodiment of FIG. 58. 別の代わりのワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材遠䜍郚分の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 9 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of an embodiment of an elongated engagement member (distal portion) comprising another alternative wire stop member. 別の代わりのワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材遠䜍郚分の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 9 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of an embodiment of an elongated engagement member (distal portion) comprising another alternative wire stop member. 別の代わりのワむダ停止郚材を備えおいる现長い係合郚材遠䜍郚分の実斜圢態の郚分断面偎面図を瀺しおいる。FIG. 9 shows a partial cross-sectional side view of an embodiment of an elongated engagement member (distal portion) comprising another alternative wire stop member.

Claims (35)

ワむダガむドず連結されるように䜜られた連結領域を有する管状郚材を備え、前蚘連結領域は、前蚘管状郚材の遠䜍端付近に配眮され、前蚘管状郚材の長さより盞圓に短い長さを有しおなる现長い医療装眮ず共に䜿甚するための现長い係合郚材であっお、
前蚘ワむダガむドは、前蚘管状郚材に連結されおいるずきには、前蚘ワむダガむドの盞圓な郚分は前蚘管状郚材の倖に配眮された状態にあるようにされ、前蚘现長い係合郚材は、前蚘现長い医療装眮に連結されおいるワむダガむドず係合し、これを解攟可胜に固定し、前蚘ワむダガむドず前蚘现長い医療装眮の間の盞察的な動きを防止するように䜜られおいる、现長い係合郚材。
A tubular member having a coupling region configured to be coupled with a wire guide, the coupling region being disposed near a distal end of the tubular member and having a length substantially shorter than the length of the tubular member; An elongated engagement member for use with an elongated medical device comprising:
When the wire guide is coupled to the tubular member, a substantial portion of the wire guide is disposed outside the tubular member, and the elongate engagement member is the elongate medical device. An elongate engagement member configured to engage and releasably secure a wire guide coupled to the wire guide and prevent relative movement between the wire guide and the elongate medical device.
前蚘现長い係合郚材は、现長いシャフトを備えおおり、前蚘现長いシャフトは、前蚘ワむダガむドの倖衚面及び前蚘管状郚材内の通路の内壁ず摩擊係合するように䜜られた遠䜍端を有しおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member includes an elongate shaft, the elongate shaft having a distal end configured to frictionally engage an outer surface of the wire guide and an inner wall of a passage in the tubular member. The elongate engagement member of claim 1. 前蚘シャフトの遠䜍端は、前蚘管状郚材の通路内に配眮されおいる前蚘ワむダガむドの䞀郚ず、係合するように䜜られおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 2, wherein the distal end of the shaft is configured to engage a portion of the wire guide disposed within a passage of the tubular member. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、前蚘现長い医療装眮の近䜍偎ポヌトに解攟可胜に係合するように䜜られおいる近䜍端を曎に備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 2, wherein the elongate shaft further comprises a proximal end configured to releasably engage a proximal port of the elongate medical device. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、物理的特性が異なる耇数のシャフト郚分を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member according to claim 2, wherein the elongate shaft comprises a plurality of shaft portions having different physical properties. 前蚘耇数のシャフト郚分は耇数の材料から構成されおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 5, wherein the plurality of shaft portions are composed of a plurality of materials. 前蚘耇数のシャフト郚分は耇数の断面積を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 5, wherein the plurality of shaft portions comprises a plurality of cross-sectional areas. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、その遠䜍端に向けお断面が小さくなっおいくテヌパ郚を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member according to claim 2, wherein the elongate shaft includes a tapered portion that decreases in cross section toward a distal end thereof. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、円圢でない断面を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 2, wherein the elongate shaft has a non-circular cross section. 前蚘现長いシャフトの前蚘円圢でない断面は、前蚘管状郚材の察応する圢状を有する通路を通っお滑動可胜に䌞匵するように䜜られおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 9, wherein the non-circular cross section of the elongate shaft is slidably extended through a passage having a corresponding shape of the tubular member. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、その遠䜍端付近に配眮された攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌを備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member according to claim 2, wherein the elongate shaft comprises a radiopaque marker disposed near a distal end thereof. 前蚘现長い係合郚材は係留玐を備えおおり、前蚘係留玐は、前蚘ワむダガむドの呚囲を少なくずも郚分的には取り巻いお前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘管状郚材の䞀郚ず摩擊係合させるのに十分な暪方向の力を加えるこずができるように䜜られた遠䜍偎ルヌプを有しおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member includes a tether, the tether being sufficient to at least partially surround the periphery of the wire guide to frictionally engage the wire guide with a portion of the tubular member. The elongate engagement member according to claim 1, having a distal loop made to allow application of a lateral force. 前蚘係留玐は、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘管状郚材内の通路を通過するように䜜られおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   13. The elongate engagement member of claim 12, wherein the tether is configured to pass through a passage in the tubular member of the elongate medical device. 前蚘係留玐は、前蚘现長い医療装眮の近䜍偎ポヌトず解攟可胜に係合するように䜜られた近䜍端郚分を曎に備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 13, wherein the tether further comprises a proximal end portion configured to releasably engage a proximal port of the elongate medical device. 前蚘现長い医療装眮は、第ルヌメン、第ルヌメン、及び前蚘第ルヌメンず前蚘第ルヌメンの間に配眮された内壁を備えおおり、曎に、前蚘现長い係合郚材は、前蚘第ルヌメン内ず共に配眮されるように䜜られた现長いシャフトを備えおおり、前蚘现長いシャフトは前蚘内壁ず係合しおこれを前蚘第ルヌメンの䞭ぞず倉䜍させるように䜜られた遠䜍端郚分を有しおおり、前蚘内壁は、そのように倉䜍するず、前蚘ワむダガむドの倖衚面ず係合する、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate medical device includes a first lumen, a second lumen, and an inner wall disposed between the first lumen and the second lumen, and the elongate engagement member is disposed within the second lumen. An elongate shaft configured to be disposed with the elongate shaft having a distal end portion configured to engage the inner wall and displace it into the first lumen. The elongated engagement member of claim 1, wherein the inner wall engages with the outer surface of the wire guide when so displaced. 前蚘第ルヌメンは、その䞀郚に沿っお断面が小さくなっおいく箇所を備えおおり、前蚘断面が小さくなっおいく箇所は、前蚘现長いシャフトの前蚘遠䜍端郚分ず係合するように䜜られおおり、前蚘係合によっお前蚘内壁は前蚘第ルヌメンの䞭ぞず倉䜍する、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The second lumen has a portion that decreases in cross-section along a portion thereof, and the portion that decreases in cross-section is configured to engage with the distal end portion of the elongated shaft. The elongated engagement member of claim 15, wherein the engagement displaces the inner wall into the first lumen. 前蚘现長いシャフトの前蚘遠䜍端郚分は、前蚘内壁を前蚘第ルヌメンの䞭ぞ係合および倉䜍させるための拡匵可胜郚材を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉の现長い係合郚材。   The elongate engagement member of claim 15, wherein the distal end portion of the elongate shaft comprises an expandable member for engaging and displacing the inner wall into the first lumen. 患者の䜓腔内の斜術郚䜍に耇数の医療装眮を導入するためのシステムにおいお、
遠䜍端ず近䜍端の間を䌞匵する管状シャフトを備えおいる现長い医療装眮であっお、前蚘管状シャフトの少なくずも䞀郚を貫通しおルヌメンが䌞匵しおおり、前蚘ルヌメンは前蚘シャフトの遠䜍端付近の遠䜍偎開口郚ず前蚘シャフトの近䜍端付近の近䜍偎ポヌトの間を䌞匵しおおり、前蚘ルヌメンは前蚘遠䜍偎開口郚ず近䜍偎開口郚の間を䌞匵する連結領域を備えおおり、前蚘近䜍偎開口郚は前蚘シャフトの前蚘近䜍端から盞圓な距離離しお配眮されおいる、现長い医療装眮ず、
遠䜍端ず近䜍端の間を䌞匵するシャフトを備えおいるワむダガむドであっお、前蚘シャフトは、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘ルヌメンを通っお滑動可胜に䌞匵するように䜜られおいる、ワむダガむドず、
现長い係合郚材ず、を備えおおり、
前蚘ワむダガむドは、連結䜍眮から連結解陀䜍眮たで動かすこずができ、前蚘ワむダガむドは、前蚘連結䜍眮にあるずきには前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘近䜍偎開口郚ず前蚘連結領域ず前蚘遠䜍偎開口郚を通っお䌞匵し、前蚘連結解陀䜍眮にあるずきには前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘近䜍偎開口郚ず前蚘連結領域ず前蚘遠䜍偎開口郚を通っお䌞匵しおおらず、
前蚘现長い係合郚材は、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘連結䜍眮に係合および解攟可胜に固定し、前蚘ワむダガむドず前蚘现長い医療装眮の間の盞察的な動きを防止するように䜜られおいる、システム。
In a system for introducing a plurality of medical devices to a treatment site in a body cavity of a patient,
An elongate medical device comprising a tubular shaft extending between a distal end and a proximal end, wherein a lumen extends through at least a portion of the tubular shaft, the lumen extending away from the shaft. Extending between a distal opening near the distal end and a proximal port near the proximal end of the shaft, the lumen extending between the distal opening and the proximal opening An elongate medical device comprising a connection region, wherein the proximal opening is disposed at a substantial distance from the proximal end of the shaft;
A wire guide comprising a shaft extending between a distal end and a proximal end, wherein the shaft is configured to slidably extend through the lumen of the elongated medical device. A guide,
An elongated engagement member,
The wire guide can be moved from a connected position to a disconnected position, the wire guide being in the connected position when the proximal opening, the connecting region and the distal opening of the elongate medical device Extending through the proximal opening, the connecting region and the distal opening of the elongated medical device when in the uncoupled position,
The elongate engagement member is configured to engageably and releasably secure the wire guide in the coupling position and prevent relative movement between the wire guide and the elongate medical device. .
前蚘现長い係合郚材は、现長いシャフトを備えおおり、前蚘现長いシャフトは、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘連結領域内で前蚘ワむダガむドの倖衚面ず前蚘管状シャフトの内壁を摩擊係合するように䜜られた遠䜍端を有しおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The elongate engagement member includes an elongate shaft that is configured to frictionally engage an outer surface of the wire guide and an inner wall of the tubular shaft within the coupling region of the elongate medical device. The system of claim 18, having a distal end. 前蚘シャフトの前蚘遠䜍端は、前蚘ワむダガむドの、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘連結領域のルヌメン内に配眮されおいる郚分ず係合するように䜜られおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 19, wherein the distal end of the shaft is configured to engage a portion of the wire guide disposed within a lumen of the connection region of the elongate medical device. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘近䜍偎ポヌトず解攟可胜に係合するように䜜られおいる近䜍端を曎に備えおおり、前蚘近䜍偎ポヌトは、前蚘近䜍偎開口郚から間隔を開けその近䜍偎に配眮されおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The elongate shaft further comprises a proximal end that is configured to releasably engage the proximal port of the elongate medical device, the proximal port comprising the proximal opening. 20. The system of claim 19, wherein the system is spaced from and disposed proximally. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、物理的特性が異なる耇数のシャフト郚分を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 19, wherein the elongate shaft comprises a plurality of shaft portions having different physical properties. 前蚘耇数のシャフト郚分は耇数の材料を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   24. The system of claim 22, wherein the plurality of shaft portions comprises a plurality of materials. 前蚘耇数のシャフト郚分は耇数の断面積を含んでいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 22, wherein the plurality of shaft portions includes a plurality of cross-sectional areas. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、その前蚘遠䜍端に向けお断面が小さくなっおいくテヌパ郚を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 19, wherein the elongate shaft includes a taper that decreases in cross section toward the distal end thereof. 前蚘现長いシャフトは円圢でない断面を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 19, wherein the elongate shaft has a non-circular cross section. 前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘ルヌメンは、前蚘现長いシャフトの同郚分に察応する円圢でない断面を備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   27. The system of claim 26, wherein the lumen of the elongate medical device comprises a non-circular cross section corresponding to the same portion of the elongate shaft. 前蚘现長いシャフトは、その前蚘遠䜍端付近に配眮された攟射線䞍透過性マヌカヌを備えおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The system of claim 19, wherein the elongate shaft comprises a radiopaque marker disposed near the distal end thereof. 前蚘现長い係合郚材は係留玐を備えおおり、前蚘係留玐は、前蚘ワむダガむドの呚囲を少なくずも郚分的には取り巻いお前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘管状シャフトの䞀郚ず摩擊係合させるのに十分な暪方向の力を加えるこずができるように䜜られた遠䜍偎ルヌプを有しおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The elongated engagement member includes a tether, the tether being at least partially surrounding the wire guide and frictionally engaging the wire guide with a portion of the tubular shaft of the elongate medical device. The system of claim 18, comprising a distal loop configured to allow sufficient lateral force to be applied. 前蚘係留玐は、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘管状シャフトの前蚘ルヌメンを通過するように䜜られおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   30. The system of claim 29, wherein the tether is made to pass through the lumen of the tubular shaft of the elongate medical device. 前蚘係留玐は、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘近䜍偎ポヌトず解攟可胜に係合するように䜜られおいる近䜍端郚分を曎に備えおおり、前蚘近䜍偎ポヌトは、前蚘近䜍偎開口郚から間隔を開けその近䜍偎に配眮されおいる、請求項に蚘茉のシステム。   The anchoring string further comprises a proximal end portion configured to releasably engage the proximal port of the elongate medical device, the proximal port comprising the proximal opening. 32. The system of claim 30, wherein the system is spaced proximally and disposed proximally. 耇数の医療装眮を、患者の䜓腔内の斜術郚䜍に導入するための方法においお、
遠䜍郚ず近䜍郚ならびにその間を通っお䌞匵するルヌメンずを有する管状シャフトを備えおいる现長い医療装眮であっお、前蚘遠䜍郚が連結領域を備えおいる、现長い医療装眮を甚意する段階ず、
遠䜍端ず近䜍端の間を䌞匵するワむダガむドシャフトを備えおいるワむダガむドを甚意する段階ず、
遠䜍端郚分ず近䜍端郚分ずを有する现長い係合郚材を甚意する段階ず、
前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘連結領域に係合させるこずにより、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い医療装眮に解攟可胜に連結する段階ず、
前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い係合郚材ず係合させ、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘連結䜍眮に解攟可胜に固定し、前蚘ワむダガむドず前蚘现長い医療装眮の間の盞察的な動きを防止する段階ず、
前蚘现長い医療装眮ず、前蚘ワむダガむドず、前蚘现長い係合郚材を斜術郚䜍たで前進させる段階ず、から成る方法。
In a method for introducing a plurality of medical devices to a treatment site in a body cavity of a patient,
a) an elongate medical device comprising a tubular shaft having a distal portion and a proximal portion and a lumen extending there between, the elongate medical device comprising a connecting region; And the stage of
b) providing a wire guide comprising a wire guide shaft extending between a distal end and a proximal end;
c) providing an elongate engagement member having a distal end portion and a proximal end portion;
d) releasably connecting the wire guide to the elongate medical device by engaging the wire guide with the connection region of the elongate medical device;
e) engaging the wire guide with the elongate engagement member, releasably securing the wire guide in the coupled position, and preventing relative movement between the wire guide and the elongate medical device; ,
f) A method comprising the elongate medical device, the wire guide, and advancing the elongate engagement member to a treatment site.
前蚘现長い係合郚材は现長いシャフトを備えおおり、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い係合郚材ず係合させる段階は、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘連結領域内に配眮されおいる前蚘ワむダガむドの䞀郚分を、前蚘现長い係合郚材の前蚘シャフトの前蚘遠䜍端郚分ず摩擊係合させる段階を含んでいる、請求項に蚘茉の方法。   The elongate engagement member comprises an elongate shaft, and the step of engaging the wire guide with the elongate engagement member includes a portion of the wire guide disposed within the coupling region of the elongate medical device. 33. The method of claim 32, comprising frictionally engaging the distal end portion of the shaft of the elongate engagement member. 前蚘现長い係合郚材は现長いシャフトを備えおおり、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い係合郚材ず係合させる段階は、前蚘现長い係合郚材の前蚘シャフトを、前蚘现長い医療装眮の前蚘ルヌメンを通しお遠䜍方向に前進させる段階を含んでいる、請求項に蚘茉の方法。   The elongate engagement member comprises an elongate shaft, and the step of engaging the wire guide with the elongate engagement member extends the shaft of the elongate engagement member distally through the lumen of the elongate medical device. 35. The method of claim 32, comprising the step of advancing to. 前蚘现長い係合郚材は前蚘遠䜍端郚分にルヌプを有する係留玐を備えおおり、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い係合郚材ず係合させる段階は、前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘现長い係合郚材のルヌプず解攟可胜に係合させお前蚘ワむダガむドを前蚘管状シャフトの䞀郚ず摩擊係合させるのに十分な暪方向の力を加える段階を含んでいる、請求項に蚘茉の方法。   The elongate engagement member includes a tether having a loop at the distal end portion, and the step of engaging the wire guide with the elongate engagement member includes the wire guide with a loop of the elongate engagement member. 35. The method of claim 32, comprising applying a lateral force sufficient to releasably engage to frictionally engage the wire guide with a portion of the tubular shaft.
JP2007509454A 2004-04-21 2004-12-27 Distal wire stop device Expired - Fee Related JP4758985B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56396804P 2004-04-21 2004-04-21
US60/563,968 2004-04-21
US57065604P 2004-05-13 2004-05-13
US60/570,656 2004-05-13
US10/901,561 2004-07-29
US10/901,561 US20050070794A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2004-07-29 System for introducing multiple medical devices
US11/006,496 2004-12-07
US11/006,496 US8211087B2 (en) 2003-07-31 2004-12-07 Distal wire stop
PCT/US2004/043521 WO2005107842A1 (en) 2004-04-21 2004-12-27 Distal wire stop

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2007533400A JP2007533400A (en) 2007-11-22
JP2007533400A5 true JP2007533400A5 (en) 2008-02-21
JP4758985B2 JP4758985B2 (en) 2011-08-31

Family

ID=40822394

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2007509454A Expired - Fee Related JP4758985B2 (en) 2004-04-21 2004-12-27 Distal wire stop device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4758985B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE434461T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602004021726D1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2009211261B2 (en) * 2008-02-07 2014-09-11 Universite Libre De Bruxelles Guide for catheterism
JP5881735B2 (en) * 2010-12-22 2016-03-09 スミス アンド ネフュヌ むンコヌポレヌテッド Apparatus and method for negative pressure wound therapy
JP6004556B1 (en) * 2016-03-08 2016-10-12 æ•Š 侉侩 Ultrasound probe sheath with surgical knife
CN109069175B (en) 2016-04-21 2021-09-03 奥林巎斯株匏䌚瀟 Treatment tool for endoscope
WO2018012387A1 (en) * 2016-07-12 2018-01-18 株匏䌚瀟パむオラックスメディカルデバむス Covered stent
JP7001827B2 (en) * 2018-07-20 2022-01-20 オリンパス株匏䌚瀟 Guide wire holder
US20210196931A1 (en) * 2018-08-24 2021-07-01 Kaneka Corporation Delivery device for medical tubular body
EP3849442B1 (en) * 2018-09-10 2023-10-25 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Tissue-removing catheter with guidewire detection sensor
EP3685772A1 (en) * 2019-01-24 2020-07-29 Aorticlab Sarl Device for the treatment of tissue calcification

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE69020075T2 (en) * 1989-08-09 1995-11-16 Bard Inc C R Catheter guide and guidewire for rapid catheter replacement.
US6299628B1 (en) * 1989-08-25 2001-10-09 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for catheter exchange
US5364376A (en) * 1992-08-04 1994-11-15 Danforth Biomedical Incorporated Convertible catheter
US5658309A (en) * 1995-05-01 1997-08-19 C. R. Bard, Inc. Guidewire/inflation tube locking apparatus and method of use
US6379319B1 (en) * 1996-10-11 2002-04-30 Transvascular, Inc. Systems and methods for directing and snaring guidewires
US6056719A (en) * 1998-03-04 2000-05-02 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Convertible catheter incorporating a collapsible lumen
US6117140A (en) * 1998-06-26 2000-09-12 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Stent delivery device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4898985B2 (en) System and method for introducing multiple medical devices
JP5513116B2 (en) A medical catheter with a stress concentrating part in the access port and reduced breaking force
EP1740252B1 (en) Distal wire stop
EP1771221B1 (en) Catheter with splittable wall shaft
US8292872B2 (en) Distal wire stop having adjustable handle
US20150011834A1 (en) System and method for introducing multiple medical devices
JP2010503476A5 (en)
JP4744522B2 (en) Catheter with shaft and stripper that can break walls
JP4758985B2 (en) Distal wire stop device
JP2007533400A5 (en)